1 /* Linker command language support. 2 Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils. 5 6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 9 (at your option) any later version. 10 11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 14 GNU General Public License for more details. 15 16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, 19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 20 21 #include "sysdep.h" 22 #include "bfd.h" 23 #include "libiberty.h" 24 #include "filenames.h" 25 #include "safe-ctype.h" 26 #include "obstack.h" 27 #include "bfdlink.h" 28 29 #include "ld.h" 30 #include "ldmain.h" 31 #include "ldexp.h" 32 #include "ldlang.h" 33 #include <ldgram.h> 34 #include "ldlex.h" 35 #include "ldmisc.h" 36 #include "ldctor.h" 37 #include "ldfile.h" 38 #include "ldemul.h" 39 #include "fnmatch.h" 40 #include "demangle.h" 41 #include "hashtab.h" 42 #include "elf-bfd.h" 43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS 44 #include "plugin.h" 45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */ 46 47 #ifndef offsetof 48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER)) 49 #endif 50 51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets. 52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power 53 of two, so we can use shifts. */ 54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift) 55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift) 56 57 /* Local variables. */ 58 static struct obstack stat_obstack; 59 static struct obstack map_obstack; 60 61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc 62 #define obstack_chunk_free free 63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start"; 64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE; 65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section; 66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f; 67 static bfd_vma print_dot; 68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file; 69 static const char *current_target; 70 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list; 71 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10]; 72 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0]; 73 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list; 74 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head; 75 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0; 76 77 /* Forward declarations. */ 78 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *); 79 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *); 80 static void insert_undefined (const char *); 81 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *); 82 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *, 83 lang_output_section_statement_type *); 84 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *, 85 lang_output_section_statement_type *); 86 static void print_statements (void); 87 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean); 88 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *); 89 static void lang_record_phdrs (void); 90 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void); 91 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head 92 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *); 93 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void); 94 95 /* Exported variables. */ 96 const char *output_target; 97 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section; 98 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement; 99 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list; 100 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL }; 101 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain; 102 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL }; 103 const char *entry_section = ".text"; 104 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags; 105 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline; 106 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline; 107 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE; 108 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE; 109 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE; 110 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE; 111 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list; 112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list; 113 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail; 114 115 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate 116 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */ 117 int lang_statement_iteration = 0; 118 119 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern. 120 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains 121 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to 122 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard. 123 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */ 124 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL) 125 126 #define new_stat(x, y) \ 127 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y) 128 129 #define outside_section_address(q) \ 130 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma) 131 132 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \ 133 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section)) 134 135 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16) 136 137 void * 138 stat_alloc (size_t size) 139 { 140 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size); 141 } 142 143 static int 144 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name) 145 { 146 if (wildcardp (pattern)) 147 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0); 148 return strcmp (pattern, name); 149 } 150 151 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the 152 separator. If not, return NULL. */ 153 154 static char * 155 archive_path (const char *pattern) 156 { 157 char *p = NULL; 158 159 if (link_info.path_separator == 0) 160 return p; 161 162 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator); 163 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM 164 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':') 165 return p; 166 167 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier, 168 as in "c:\silly.dos". */ 169 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern)) 170 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator); 171 #endif 172 return p; 173 } 174 175 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path, 176 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */ 177 178 static bfd_boolean 179 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep, 180 lang_input_statement_type *f) 181 { 182 bfd_boolean match = FALSE; 183 184 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0 185 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0) 186 && ((sep != file_spec) 187 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL))) 188 { 189 match = TRUE; 190 191 if (sep != file_spec) 192 { 193 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename; 194 *sep = 0; 195 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0; 196 *sep = link_info.path_separator; 197 } 198 } 199 return match; 200 } 201 202 static bfd_boolean 203 unique_section_p (const asection *sec, 204 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os) 205 { 206 struct unique_sections *unam; 207 const char *secnam; 208 209 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups 210 && sec->owner != NULL 211 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec)) 212 return !(os != NULL 213 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0); 214 215 secnam = sec->name; 216 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next) 217 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0) 218 return TRUE; 219 220 return FALSE; 221 } 222 223 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */ 224 225 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return 226 false. */ 227 228 static bfd_boolean 229 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list, 230 lang_input_statement_type *file) 231 { 232 struct name_list *list_tmp; 233 234 for (list_tmp = exclude_list; 235 list_tmp; 236 list_tmp = list_tmp->next) 237 { 238 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name); 239 240 if (p != NULL) 241 { 242 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file)) 243 return TRUE; 244 } 245 246 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0) 247 return TRUE; 248 249 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching 250 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has 251 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */ 252 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL 253 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL 254 && name_match (list_tmp->name, 255 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0) 256 return TRUE; 257 } 258 259 return FALSE; 260 } 261 262 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls 263 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present 264 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this 265 function is very fast. */ 266 267 static void 268 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 269 lang_input_statement_type *file, 270 asection *s, 271 struct wildcard_list *sec, 272 callback_t callback, 273 void *data) 274 { 275 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */ 276 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file)) 277 return; 278 279 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data); 280 } 281 282 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly, 283 but slowly. */ 284 285 static void 286 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 287 lang_input_statement_type *file, 288 callback_t callback, 289 void *data) 290 { 291 asection *s; 292 struct wildcard_list *sec; 293 294 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 295 { 296 sec = ptr->section_list; 297 if (sec == NULL) 298 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data); 299 300 while (sec != NULL) 301 { 302 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE; 303 304 if (sec->spec.name != NULL) 305 { 306 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s); 307 308 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0; 309 } 310 311 if (!skip) 312 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data); 313 314 sec = sec->next; 315 } 316 } 317 } 318 319 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more 320 than one section with that name, we report that. */ 321 322 typedef struct 323 { 324 asection *found_section; 325 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found; 326 } section_iterator_callback_data; 327 328 static bfd_boolean 329 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data) 330 { 331 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data; 332 333 if (d->found_section != NULL) 334 { 335 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE; 336 return TRUE; 337 } 338 339 d->found_section = s; 340 return FALSE; 341 } 342 343 static asection * 344 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file, 345 struct wildcard_list *sec, 346 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found) 347 { 348 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE }; 349 350 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name, 351 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data); 352 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found; 353 return cb_data.found_section; 354 } 355 356 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch, 357 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */ 358 359 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*', 360 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */ 361 362 static bfd_boolean 363 is_simple_wild (const char *name) 364 { 365 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?["); 366 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0'; 367 } 368 369 static bfd_boolean 370 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name) 371 { 372 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid 373 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */ 374 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1] 375 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3]) 376 return FALSE; 377 378 pattern += 4; 379 name += 4; 380 while (*pattern != '*') 381 if (*name++ != *pattern++) 382 return FALSE; 383 384 return TRUE; 385 } 386 387 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from 388 section name NAME. */ 389 390 static unsigned long 391 get_init_priority (const char *name) 392 { 393 char *end; 394 unsigned long init_priority; 395 396 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority 397 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A 398 lower value means a higher priority. 399 400 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the 401 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute. 402 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and 403 .fini_array is backward. 404 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the 405 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute. 406 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors 407 is forward. 408 */ 409 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0 410 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0) 411 { 412 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10); 413 return *end ? 0 : init_priority; 414 } 415 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0 416 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0) 417 { 418 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10); 419 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority; 420 } 421 422 return 0; 423 } 424 425 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */ 426 427 static int 428 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec) 429 { 430 int ret; 431 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority; 432 433 switch (sort) 434 { 435 default: 436 abort (); 437 438 case by_init_priority: 439 ainit_priority 440 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec)); 441 binit_priority 442 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec)); 443 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0) 444 goto sort_by_name; 445 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority; 446 if (ret) 447 break; 448 else 449 goto sort_by_name; 450 451 case by_alignment_name: 452 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec) 453 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec)); 454 if (ret) 455 break; 456 /* Fall through. */ 457 458 case by_name: 459 sort_by_name: 460 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec), 461 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec)); 462 break; 463 464 case by_name_alignment: 465 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec), 466 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec)); 467 if (ret) 468 break; 469 /* Fall through. */ 470 471 case by_alignment: 472 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec) 473 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec)); 474 break; 475 } 476 477 return ret; 478 } 479 480 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort 481 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of 482 of sections are large. */ 483 484 static lang_section_bst_type ** 485 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild, 486 struct wildcard_list *sec, 487 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 488 asection *section) 489 { 490 lang_section_bst_type **tree; 491 492 tree = &wild->tree; 493 if (!wild->filenames_sorted 494 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none)) 495 { 496 /* Append at the right end of tree. */ 497 while (*tree) 498 tree = &((*tree)->right); 499 return tree; 500 } 501 502 while (*tree) 503 { 504 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */ 505 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0) 506 tree = &((*tree)->left); 507 else 508 tree = &((*tree)->right); 509 } 510 511 return tree; 512 } 513 514 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */ 515 516 static void 517 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 518 struct wildcard_list *sec, 519 asection *section, 520 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 521 lang_input_statement_type *file, 522 void *output) 523 { 524 lang_section_bst_type *node; 525 lang_section_bst_type **tree; 526 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 527 528 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output; 529 530 if (unique_section_p (section, os)) 531 return; 532 533 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type)); 534 node->left = 0; 535 node->right = 0; 536 node->section = section; 537 538 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section); 539 if (tree != NULL) 540 *tree = node; 541 } 542 543 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */ 544 545 static void 546 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 547 lang_section_bst_type *tree, 548 void *output) 549 { 550 if (tree->left) 551 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output); 552 553 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL, 554 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output); 555 556 if (tree->right) 557 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output); 558 559 free (tree); 560 } 561 562 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of 563 wildcards */ 564 565 static void 566 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 567 lang_input_statement_type *file, 568 callback_t callback, 569 void *data) 570 { 571 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name. 572 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name 573 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because 574 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they 575 get processed in the bfd's order. */ 576 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found; 577 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0]; 578 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found); 579 580 if (multiple_sections_found) 581 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data); 582 else if (s0) 583 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data); 584 } 585 586 static void 587 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 588 lang_input_statement_type *file, 589 callback_t callback, 590 void *data) 591 { 592 asection *s; 593 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0]; 594 595 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 596 { 597 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s); 598 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname); 599 600 if (!skip) 601 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data); 602 } 603 } 604 605 static void 606 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 607 lang_input_statement_type *file, 608 callback_t callback, 609 void *data) 610 { 611 asection *s; 612 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0]; 613 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1]; 614 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found; 615 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found); 616 617 if (multiple_sections_found) 618 { 619 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data); 620 return; 621 } 622 623 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and 624 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */ 625 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 626 { 627 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more 628 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match 629 wildspec1. */ 630 if (s == s0) 631 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data); 632 else 633 { 634 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s); 635 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname); 636 637 if (!skip) 638 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, 639 data); 640 } 641 } 642 } 643 644 static void 645 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 646 lang_input_statement_type *file, 647 callback_t callback, 648 void *data) 649 { 650 asection *s; 651 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0]; 652 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1]; 653 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2]; 654 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found; 655 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found); 656 657 if (multiple_sections_found) 658 { 659 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data); 660 return; 661 } 662 663 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 664 { 665 if (s == s0) 666 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data); 667 else 668 { 669 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s); 670 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname); 671 672 if (!skip) 673 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data); 674 else 675 { 676 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname); 677 if (!skip) 678 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback, 679 data); 680 } 681 } 682 } 683 } 684 685 static void 686 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 687 lang_input_statement_type *file, 688 callback_t callback, 689 void *data) 690 { 691 asection *s; 692 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0]; 693 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1]; 694 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2]; 695 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3]; 696 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found; 697 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1; 698 699 if (multiple_sections_found) 700 { 701 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data); 702 return; 703 } 704 705 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found); 706 if (multiple_sections_found) 707 { 708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data); 709 return; 710 } 711 712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 713 { 714 if (s == s0) 715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data); 716 else 717 if (s == s1) 718 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data); 719 else 720 { 721 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s); 722 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, 723 sname); 724 725 if (!skip) 726 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback, 727 data); 728 else 729 { 730 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname); 731 if (!skip) 732 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3, 733 callback, data); 734 } 735 } 736 } 737 } 738 739 static void 740 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 741 lang_input_statement_type *file, 742 callback_t callback, 743 void *data) 744 { 745 if (file->flags.just_syms) 746 return; 747 748 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data); 749 } 750 751 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match 752 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE 753 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the 754 first wildcard character. */ 755 756 static bfd_boolean 757 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2) 758 { 759 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*["); 760 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*["); 761 size_t min_prefix_len; 762 763 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the 764 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match 765 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */ 766 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0') 767 prefix1_len++; 768 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0') 769 prefix2_len++; 770 771 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len; 772 773 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0; 774 } 775 776 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard 777 statements. */ 778 779 static void 780 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr) 781 { 782 int sec_count = 0; 783 int wild_name_count = 0; 784 struct wildcard_list *sec; 785 int signature; 786 int data_counter; 787 788 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general; 789 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL; 790 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL; 791 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL; 792 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL; 793 ptr->tree = NULL; 794 795 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those 796 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the 797 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen? 798 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any 799 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string 800 ending in a single '*'. */ 801 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 802 { 803 ++sec_count; 804 if (sec->spec.name == NULL) 805 return; 806 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name)) 807 { 808 ++wild_name_count; 809 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name)) 810 return; 811 } 812 } 813 814 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't 815 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't 816 happen in practice. */ 817 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4) 818 return; 819 820 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */ 821 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 822 { 823 struct wildcard_list *sec2; 824 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next) 825 { 826 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name)) 827 return; 828 } 829 } 830 831 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count; 832 switch (signature) 833 { 834 case 0x0100: 835 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0; 836 break; 837 case 0x0101: 838 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1; 839 break; 840 case 0x0201: 841 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1; 842 break; 843 case 0x0302: 844 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2; 845 break; 846 case 0x0402: 847 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2; 848 break; 849 default: 850 return; 851 } 852 853 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the 854 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard 855 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the 856 given order, because we've already determined that no section 857 will match more than one spec. */ 858 data_counter = 0; 859 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 860 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name)) 861 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec; 862 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 863 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name)) 864 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec; 865 } 866 867 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */ 868 869 static void 870 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s, 871 lang_input_statement_type *f, 872 callback_t callback, 873 void *data) 874 { 875 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f)) 876 return; 877 878 if (f->the_bfd == NULL 879 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive)) 880 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data); 881 else 882 { 883 bfd *member; 884 885 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the 886 archive separately. */ 887 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL); 888 while (member != NULL) 889 { 890 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols 891 entry point for the archive. For each element of the 892 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file, 893 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the 894 lang_input_statement. */ 895 if (member->usrdata != NULL) 896 { 897 walk_wild_section (s, 898 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata, 899 callback, data); 900 } 901 902 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member); 903 } 904 } 905 } 906 907 static void 908 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data) 909 { 910 const char *file_spec = s->filename; 911 char *p; 912 913 if (file_spec == NULL) 914 { 915 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */ 916 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f) 917 { 918 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data); 919 } 920 } 921 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL) 922 { 923 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f) 924 { 925 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f)) 926 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data); 927 } 928 } 929 else if (wildcardp (file_spec)) 930 { 931 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f) 932 { 933 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0) 934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data); 935 } 936 } 937 else 938 { 939 lang_input_statement_type *f; 940 941 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */ 942 f = lookup_name (file_spec); 943 if (f) 944 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data); 945 } 946 } 947 948 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided 949 function for each node, except those inside output section statements 950 with constraint set to -1. */ 951 952 void 953 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *), 954 lang_statement_union_type *s) 955 { 956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next) 957 { 958 func (s); 959 960 switch (s->header.type) 961 { 962 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 963 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head); 964 break; 965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 966 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1) 967 lang_for_each_statement_worker 968 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head); 969 break; 970 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 971 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, 972 s->wild_statement.children.head); 973 break; 974 case lang_group_statement_enum: 975 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, 976 s->group_statement.children.head); 977 break; 978 case lang_data_statement_enum: 979 case lang_reloc_statement_enum: 980 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum: 981 case lang_output_statement_enum: 982 case lang_target_statement_enum: 983 case lang_input_section_enum: 984 case lang_input_statement_enum: 985 case lang_assignment_statement_enum: 986 case lang_padding_statement_enum: 987 case lang_address_statement_enum: 988 case lang_fill_statement_enum: 989 case lang_insert_statement_enum: 990 break; 991 default: 992 FAIL (); 993 break; 994 } 995 } 996 } 997 998 void 999 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *)) 1000 { 1001 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head); 1002 } 1003 1004 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ 1005 1006 void 1007 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list) 1008 { 1009 list->head = NULL; 1010 list->tail = &list->head; 1011 } 1012 1013 void 1014 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr) 1015 { 1016 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0])) 1017 abort (); 1018 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr; 1019 stat_ptr = new_ptr; 1020 } 1021 1022 void 1023 pop_stat_ptr (void) 1024 { 1025 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save) 1026 abort (); 1027 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr; 1028 } 1029 1030 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */ 1031 1032 static lang_statement_union_type * 1033 new_statement (enum statement_enum type, 1034 size_t size, 1035 lang_statement_list_type *list) 1036 { 1037 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt; 1038 1039 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size); 1040 new_stmt->header.type = type; 1041 new_stmt->header.next = NULL; 1042 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next); 1043 return new_stmt; 1044 } 1045 1046 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several 1047 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols, 1048 or prefix it with a -l etc. 1049 1050 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once; 1051 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text) 1052 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't 1053 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */ 1054 1055 static lang_input_statement_type * 1056 new_afile (const char *name, 1057 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type, 1058 const char *target, 1059 bfd_boolean add_to_list) 1060 { 1061 lang_input_statement_type *p; 1062 1063 lang_has_input_file = TRUE; 1064 1065 if (add_to_list) 1066 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr); 1067 else 1068 { 1069 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) 1070 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type)); 1071 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum; 1072 p->header.next = NULL; 1073 } 1074 1075 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0, 1076 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd)); 1077 p->target = target; 1078 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic; 1079 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic; 1080 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular; 1081 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive; 1082 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted; 1083 1084 switch (file_type) 1085 { 1086 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum: 1087 p->filename = name; 1088 p->local_sym_name = name; 1089 p->flags.real = TRUE; 1090 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE; 1091 break; 1092 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum: 1093 p->filename = name; 1094 p->local_sym_name = name; 1095 break; 1096 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum: 1097 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0') 1098 { 1099 p->filename = name + 1; 1100 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE; 1101 } 1102 else 1103 p->filename = name; 1104 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL); 1105 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE; 1106 p->flags.real = TRUE; 1107 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE; 1108 break; 1109 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum: 1110 p->filename = name; 1111 p->local_sym_name = name; 1112 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE; 1113 break; 1114 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum: 1115 p->filename = name; 1116 p->local_sym_name = name; 1117 p->flags.real = TRUE; 1118 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE; 1119 break; 1120 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum: 1121 p->filename = name; 1122 p->local_sym_name = name; 1123 p->flags.real = TRUE; 1124 break; 1125 default: 1126 FAIL (); 1127 } 1128 1129 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, 1130 (lang_statement_union_type *) p, 1131 &p->next_real_file); 1132 return p; 1133 } 1134 1135 lang_input_statement_type * 1136 lang_add_input_file (const char *name, 1137 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type, 1138 const char *target) 1139 { 1140 if (name != NULL 1141 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT"))) 1142 { 1143 lang_input_statement_type *ret; 1144 char *sysrooted_name 1145 = concat (ld_sysroot, 1146 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")), 1147 (const char *) NULL); 1148 1149 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input 1150 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily 1151 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't 1152 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a 1153 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/" 1154 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be 1155 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */ 1156 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted; 1157 input_flags.sysrooted = 0; 1158 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE); 1159 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted; 1160 return ret; 1161 } 1162 1163 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE); 1164 } 1165 1166 struct out_section_hash_entry 1167 { 1168 struct bfd_hash_entry root; 1169 lang_statement_union_type s; 1170 }; 1171 1172 /* The hash table. */ 1173 1174 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table; 1175 1176 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find, 1177 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */ 1178 1179 static struct bfd_hash_entry * 1180 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, 1181 struct bfd_hash_table *table, 1182 const char *string) 1183 { 1184 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp; 1185 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret; 1186 1187 if (entry == NULL) 1188 { 1189 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table, 1190 sizeof (*ret)); 1191 if (entry == NULL) 1192 return entry; 1193 } 1194 1195 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); 1196 if (entry == NULL) 1197 return entry; 1198 1199 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry; 1200 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s)); 1201 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum; 1202 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1; 1203 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1; 1204 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1; 1205 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children); 1206 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next); 1207 1208 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the 1209 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next" 1210 field of the last element of the list. */ 1211 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL) 1212 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev 1213 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *) 1214 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail 1215 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next))); 1216 1217 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the 1218 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that 1219 instead. */ 1220 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next; 1221 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement, 1222 &ret->s, 1223 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp); 1224 return &ret->root; 1225 } 1226 1227 static void 1228 output_section_statement_table_init (void) 1229 { 1230 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table, 1231 output_section_statement_newfunc, 1232 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry), 1233 61)) 1234 einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n")); 1235 } 1236 1237 static void 1238 output_section_statement_table_free (void) 1239 { 1240 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table); 1241 } 1242 1243 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */ 1244 1245 void 1246 lang_init (void) 1247 { 1248 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000); 1249 1250 stat_ptr = &statement_list; 1251 1252 output_section_statement_table_init (); 1253 1254 lang_list_init (stat_ptr); 1255 1256 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain); 1257 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement); 1258 lang_list_init (&file_chain); 1259 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum, 1260 NULL); 1261 abs_output_section = 1262 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE); 1263 1264 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 1265 1266 asneeded_list_head = NULL; 1267 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head; 1268 } 1269 1270 void 1271 lang_finish (void) 1272 { 1273 output_section_statement_table_free (); 1274 } 1275 1276 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- 1277 A region is an area of memory declared with the 1278 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... } 1279 syntax. 1280 1281 We maintain a list of all the regions here. 1282 1283 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used 1284 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space. 1285 1286 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block. 1287 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has 1288 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is 1289 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) 1290 and so we issue a warning. 1291 1292 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either 1293 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add 1294 alias names to an existing region within a script with 1295 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one 1296 region. */ 1297 1298 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list; 1299 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail 1300 = &lang_memory_region_list; 1301 1302 lang_memory_region_type * 1303 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create) 1304 { 1305 lang_memory_region_name *n; 1306 lang_memory_region_type *r; 1307 lang_memory_region_type *new_region; 1308 1309 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */ 1310 if (name == NULL) 1311 return NULL; 1312 1313 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next) 1314 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next) 1315 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0) 1316 { 1317 if (create) 1318 einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"), 1319 NULL, name); 1320 return r; 1321 } 1322 1323 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)) 1324 einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"), 1325 NULL, name); 1326 1327 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *) 1328 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type)); 1329 1330 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name); 1331 new_region->name_list.next = NULL; 1332 new_region->next = NULL; 1333 new_region->origin_exp = NULL; 1334 new_region->origin = 0; 1335 new_region->length_exp = NULL; 1336 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0; 1337 new_region->current = 0; 1338 new_region->last_os = NULL; 1339 new_region->flags = 0; 1340 new_region->not_flags = 0; 1341 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE; 1342 1343 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region; 1344 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next; 1345 1346 return new_region; 1347 } 1348 1349 void 1350 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name) 1351 { 1352 lang_memory_region_name *n; 1353 lang_memory_region_type *r; 1354 lang_memory_region_type *region; 1355 1356 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary 1357 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is 1358 the default memory region. */ 1359 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0 1360 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0) 1361 einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL); 1362 1363 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already 1364 in use. */ 1365 region = NULL; 1366 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next) 1367 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next) 1368 { 1369 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0) 1370 region = r; 1371 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0) 1372 einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: redefinition of memory region " 1373 "alias `%s'\n"), 1374 NULL, alias); 1375 } 1376 1377 /* Check if the target region exists. */ 1378 if (region == NULL) 1379 einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: memory region `%s' " 1380 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"), 1381 NULL, region_name, alias); 1382 1383 /* Add alias to region name list. */ 1384 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name)); 1385 n->name = xstrdup (alias); 1386 n->next = region->name_list.next; 1387 region->name_list.next = n; 1388 } 1389 1390 static lang_memory_region_type * 1391 lang_memory_default (asection *section) 1392 { 1393 lang_memory_region_type *p; 1394 1395 flagword sec_flags = section->flags; 1396 1397 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */ 1398 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC) 1399 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA; 1400 1401 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next) 1402 { 1403 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0 1404 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0) 1405 { 1406 return p; 1407 } 1408 } 1409 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE); 1410 } 1411 1412 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */ 1413 1414 lang_output_section_statement_type * 1415 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section) 1416 { 1417 return get_userdata (output_section); 1418 } 1419 1420 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME. 1421 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise 1422 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a 1423 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */ 1424 1425 lang_output_section_statement_type * 1426 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name, 1427 int constraint, 1428 bfd_boolean create) 1429 { 1430 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry; 1431 1432 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *) 1433 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name, 1434 create, FALSE)); 1435 if (entry == NULL) 1436 { 1437 if (create) 1438 einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name); 1439 return NULL; 1440 } 1441 1442 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL) 1443 { 1444 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct 1445 constraint. */ 1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent; 1447 1448 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name; 1449 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL) 1450 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second 1451 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain, 1452 but that shouldn't matter. */ 1453 last_ent = entry; 1454 else 1455 do 1456 { 1457 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint 1458 || (constraint == 0 1459 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0)) 1460 return &entry->s.output_section_statement; 1461 last_ent = entry; 1462 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next; 1463 } 1464 while (entry != NULL 1465 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name); 1466 1467 if (!create) 1468 return NULL; 1469 1470 entry 1471 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *) 1472 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL, 1473 &output_section_statement_table, 1474 name)); 1475 if (entry == NULL) 1476 { 1477 einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name); 1478 return NULL; 1479 } 1480 entry->root = last_ent->root; 1481 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root; 1482 } 1483 1484 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name; 1485 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint; 1486 return &entry->s.output_section_statement; 1487 } 1488 1489 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS. 1490 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise 1491 match any non-negative constraint. */ 1492 1493 lang_output_section_statement_type * 1494 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os, 1495 int constraint) 1496 { 1497 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a 1498 struct out_section_hash_entry. */ 1499 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) 1500 ((char *) os 1501 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement)); 1502 const char *name = os->name; 1503 1504 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string); 1505 do 1506 { 1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next; 1508 if (entry == NULL 1509 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name) 1510 return NULL; 1511 } 1512 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint 1513 && (constraint != 0 1514 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0)); 1515 1516 return &entry->s.output_section_statement; 1517 } 1518 1519 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan. 1520 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output 1521 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags, 1522 sets *EXACT too. */ 1523 1524 lang_output_section_statement_type * 1525 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec, 1526 flagword sec_flags, 1527 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact, 1528 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type) 1529 { 1530 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found; 1531 flagword look_flags, differ; 1532 1533 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well 1534 skip it. */ 1535 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement; 1536 first = first->next; 1537 1538 /* First try for an exact match. */ 1539 found = NULL; 1540 for (look = first; look; look = look->next) 1541 { 1542 look_flags = look->flags; 1543 if (look->bfd_section != NULL) 1544 { 1545 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags; 1546 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd, 1547 look->bfd_section, 1548 sec->owner, sec)) 1549 continue; 1550 } 1551 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags; 1552 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY 1553 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))) 1554 found = look; 1555 } 1556 if (found != NULL) 1557 { 1558 if (exact != NULL) 1559 *exact = found; 1560 return found; 1561 } 1562 1563 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 1564 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1565 { 1566 /* Try for a rw code section. */ 1567 for (look = first; look; look = look->next) 1568 { 1569 look_flags = look->flags; 1570 if (look->bfd_section != NULL) 1571 { 1572 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags; 1573 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd, 1574 look->bfd_section, 1575 sec->owner, sec)) 1576 continue; 1577 } 1578 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags; 1579 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 1580 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))) 1581 found = look; 1582 } 1583 } 1584 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 1585 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1586 { 1587 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */ 1588 for (look = first; look; look = look->next) 1589 { 1590 look_flags = look->flags; 1591 if (look->bfd_section != NULL) 1592 { 1593 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags; 1594 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd, 1595 look->bfd_section, 1596 sec->owner, sec)) 1597 continue; 1598 } 1599 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags; 1600 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 1601 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA)) 1602 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 1603 | SEC_READONLY)) 1604 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA))) 1605 found = look; 1606 } 1607 } 1608 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0 1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1610 { 1611 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss 1612 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */ 1613 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE; 1614 1615 match_type = NULL; 1616 for (look = first; look; look = look->next) 1617 { 1618 look_flags = look->flags; 1619 if (look->bfd_section != NULL) 1620 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags; 1621 1622 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC))) 1624 { 1625 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */ 1626 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD) 1627 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD)) 1628 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing 1629 a .tdata section stop looking and return the 1630 previous section. */ 1631 break; 1632 found = look; 1633 seen_thread_local = TRUE; 1634 } 1635 else if (seen_thread_local) 1636 break; 1637 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))) 1638 found = look; 1639 } 1640 } 1641 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0 1642 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1643 { 1644 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */ 1645 for (look = first; look; look = look->next) 1646 { 1647 look_flags = look->flags; 1648 if (look->bfd_section != NULL) 1649 { 1650 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags; 1651 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd, 1652 look->bfd_section, 1653 sec->owner, sec)) 1654 continue; 1655 } 1656 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags; 1657 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 1658 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) 1659 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) 1660 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))) 1661 found = look; 1662 } 1663 } 1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1666 { 1667 /* .data goes after .rodata. */ 1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next) 1669 { 1670 look_flags = look->flags; 1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL) 1672 { 1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags; 1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd, 1675 look->bfd_section, 1676 sec->owner, sec)) 1677 continue; 1678 } 1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags; 1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 1681 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))) 1682 found = look; 1683 } 1684 } 1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1686 { 1687 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */ 1688 for (look = first; look; look = look->next) 1689 { 1690 look_flags = look->flags; 1691 if (look->bfd_section != NULL) 1692 { 1693 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags; 1694 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd, 1695 look->bfd_section, 1696 sec->owner, sec)) 1697 continue; 1698 } 1699 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags; 1700 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC)) 1701 found = look; 1702 } 1703 } 1704 else 1705 { 1706 /* non-alloc go last. */ 1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next) 1708 { 1709 look_flags = look->flags; 1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL) 1711 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags; 1712 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags; 1713 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING)) 1714 found = look; 1715 } 1716 return found; 1717 } 1718 1719 if (found || !match_type) 1720 return found; 1721 1722 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL); 1723 } 1724 1725 /* Find the last output section before given output statement. 1726 Used by place_orphan. */ 1727 1728 static asection * 1729 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os) 1730 { 1731 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup; 1732 1733 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev) 1734 { 1735 if (lookup->constraint < 0) 1736 continue; 1737 1738 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL) 1739 return lookup->bfd_section; 1740 } 1741 1742 return NULL; 1743 } 1744 1745 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The 1746 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {} 1747 statement in a script, before we find another output section 1748 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement 1749 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first 1750 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections. 1751 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or 1752 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might 1753 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of 1754 image symbols. */ 1755 1756 static lang_statement_union_type ** 1757 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after) 1758 { 1759 lang_statement_union_type **where; 1760 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL; 1761 bfd_boolean ignore_first; 1762 1763 ignore_first 1764 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement; 1765 1766 for (where = &after->header.next; 1767 *where != NULL; 1768 where = &(*where)->header.next) 1769 { 1770 switch ((*where)->header.type) 1771 { 1772 case lang_assignment_statement_enum: 1773 if (assign == NULL) 1774 { 1775 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass; 1776 1777 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement; 1778 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert 1779 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.' 1780 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0 1781 && !ignore_first) 1782 assign = where; 1783 } 1784 ignore_first = FALSE; 1785 continue; 1786 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 1787 case lang_input_section_enum: 1788 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum: 1789 case lang_fill_statement_enum: 1790 case lang_data_statement_enum: 1791 case lang_reloc_statement_enum: 1792 case lang_padding_statement_enum: 1793 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 1794 assign = NULL; 1795 continue; 1796 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 1797 if (assign != NULL) 1798 { 1799 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section; 1800 1801 if (s == NULL 1802 || s->map_head.s == NULL 1803 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1804 where = assign; 1805 } 1806 break; 1807 case lang_input_statement_enum: 1808 case lang_address_statement_enum: 1809 case lang_target_statement_enum: 1810 case lang_output_statement_enum: 1811 case lang_group_statement_enum: 1812 case lang_insert_statement_enum: 1813 continue; 1814 } 1815 break; 1816 } 1817 1818 return where; 1819 } 1820 1821 lang_output_section_statement_type * 1822 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s, 1823 const char *secname, 1824 int constraint, 1825 lang_output_section_statement_type *after, 1826 struct orphan_save *place, 1827 etree_type *address, 1828 lang_statement_list_type *add_child) 1829 { 1830 lang_statement_list_type add; 1831 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 1832 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail; 1833 1834 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section 1835 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list, 1836 inserting them later into the global statement list. */ 1837 if (after != NULL) 1838 { 1839 lang_list_init (&add); 1840 push_stat_ptr (&add); 1841 } 1842 1843 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 1844 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0) 1845 address = exp_intop (0); 1846 1847 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **) 1848 lang_output_section_statement.tail); 1849 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section, 1850 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0); 1851 1852 if (add_child == NULL) 1853 add_child = &os->children; 1854 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os); 1855 1856 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0) 1857 { 1858 const char *region = (after->region 1859 ? after->region->name_list.name 1860 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION); 1861 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region 1862 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name 1863 : NULL); 1864 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs, 1865 lma_region); 1866 } 1867 else 1868 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL, 1869 NULL); 1870 1871 /* Restore the global list pointer. */ 1872 if (after != NULL) 1873 pop_stat_ptr (); 1874 1875 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL) 1876 { 1877 asection *snew, *as; 1878 1879 snew = os->bfd_section; 1880 1881 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look 1882 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */ 1883 if (place->section == NULL 1884 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head 1885 ->output_section_statement)) 1886 { 1887 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section; 1888 1889 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input 1890 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section), 1891 look for the closest prior output statement having an 1892 output section. */ 1893 if (bfd_section == NULL) 1894 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after); 1895 1896 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew) 1897 place->section = &bfd_section->next; 1898 } 1899 1900 if (place->section == NULL) 1901 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections; 1902 1903 as = *place->section; 1904 1905 if (!as) 1906 { 1907 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */ 1908 1909 /* Unlink the section. */ 1910 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew); 1911 1912 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */ 1913 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew); 1914 } 1915 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew) 1916 { 1917 /* Unlink the section. */ 1918 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew); 1919 1920 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */ 1921 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew); 1922 } 1923 1924 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will 1925 follow the one we've just added. */ 1926 place->section = &snew->next; 1927 1928 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output 1929 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they 1930 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections. 1931 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may 1932 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical 1933 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and 1934 following that a segment containing all the read-write 1935 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write 1936 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */ 1937 if (add.head != NULL) 1938 { 1939 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os; 1940 1941 if (place->stmt == NULL) 1942 { 1943 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after); 1944 1945 *add.tail = *where; 1946 *where = add.head; 1947 1948 place->os_tail = &after->next; 1949 } 1950 else 1951 { 1952 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */ 1953 *add.tail = *place->stmt; 1954 *place->stmt = add.head; 1955 } 1956 1957 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our 1958 new list at the tail. */ 1959 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head) 1960 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail; 1961 1962 /* Save the end of this list. */ 1963 place->stmt = add.tail; 1964 1965 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */ 1966 newly_added_os = *os_tail; 1967 *os_tail = NULL; 1968 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) 1969 ((char *) place->os_tail 1970 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)); 1971 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail; 1972 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL) 1973 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os; 1974 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os; 1975 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next; 1976 1977 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different. 1978 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement, 1979 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when 1980 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in 1981 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */ 1982 if (*os_tail == NULL) 1983 lang_output_section_statement.tail 1984 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail; 1985 } 1986 } 1987 return os; 1988 } 1989 1990 static void 1991 lang_print_asneeded (void) 1992 { 1993 struct asneeded_minfo *m; 1994 1995 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL) 1996 return; 1997 1998 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n")); 1999 2000 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next) 2001 { 2002 size_t len; 2003 2004 minfo ("%s", m->soname); 2005 len = strlen (m->soname); 2006 2007 if (len >= 29) 2008 { 2009 print_nl (); 2010 len = 0; 2011 } 2012 while (len < 30) 2013 { 2014 print_space (); 2015 ++len; 2016 } 2017 2018 if (m->ref != NULL) 2019 minfo ("%B ", m->ref); 2020 minfo ("(%T)\n", m->name); 2021 } 2022 } 2023 2024 static void 2025 lang_map_flags (flagword flag) 2026 { 2027 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC) 2028 minfo ("a"); 2029 2030 if (flag & SEC_CODE) 2031 minfo ("x"); 2032 2033 if (flag & SEC_READONLY) 2034 minfo ("r"); 2035 2036 if (flag & SEC_DATA) 2037 minfo ("w"); 2038 2039 if (flag & SEC_LOAD) 2040 minfo ("l"); 2041 } 2042 2043 void 2044 lang_map (void) 2045 { 2046 lang_memory_region_type *m; 2047 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE; 2048 2049 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file) 2050 { 2051 asection *s; 2052 2053 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0 2054 || file->flags.just_syms) 2055 continue; 2056 2057 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 2058 if ((s->output_section == NULL 2059 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd) 2060 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0) 2061 { 2062 if (!dis_header_printed) 2063 { 2064 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n")); 2065 dis_header_printed = TRUE; 2066 } 2067 2068 print_input_section (s, TRUE); 2069 } 2070 } 2071 2072 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n")); 2073 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n", 2074 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes")); 2075 2076 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next) 2077 { 2078 char buf[100]; 2079 int len; 2080 2081 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name); 2082 2083 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin); 2084 minfo ("0x%s ", buf); 2085 len = strlen (buf); 2086 while (len < 16) 2087 { 2088 print_space (); 2089 ++len; 2090 } 2091 2092 minfo ("0x%V", m->length); 2093 if (m->flags || m->not_flags) 2094 { 2095 #ifndef BFD64 2096 minfo (" "); 2097 #endif 2098 if (m->flags) 2099 { 2100 print_space (); 2101 lang_map_flags (m->flags); 2102 } 2103 2104 if (m->not_flags) 2105 { 2106 minfo (" !"); 2107 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags); 2108 } 2109 } 2110 2111 print_nl (); 2112 } 2113 2114 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n")); 2115 2116 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads) 2117 { 2118 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000); 2119 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0); 2120 } 2121 lang_statement_iteration++; 2122 print_statements (); 2123 2124 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, 2125 config.map_file); 2126 } 2127 2128 static bfd_boolean 2129 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, 2130 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 2131 { 2132 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined 2133 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 2134 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd 2135 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL) 2136 { 2137 input_section_userdata_type *ud; 2138 struct map_symbol_def *def; 2139 2140 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *) 2141 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section)); 2142 if (!ud) 2143 { 2144 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud)); 2145 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud; 2146 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head; 2147 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0; 2148 } 2149 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail) 2150 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head; 2151 2152 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def); 2153 def->entry = hash_entry; 2154 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def; 2155 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next; 2156 ud->map_symbol_def_count++; 2157 } 2158 return TRUE; 2159 } 2160 2161 /* Initialize an output section. */ 2162 2163 static void 2164 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags) 2165 { 2166 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0) 2167 einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME); 2168 2169 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL) 2170 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name); 2171 if (s->bfd_section == NULL) 2172 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd, 2173 s->name, flags); 2174 if (s->bfd_section == NULL) 2175 { 2176 einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section" 2177 " called %s: %E\n"), 2178 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name); 2179 } 2180 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section; 2181 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0; 2182 2183 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section 2184 statement to avoid lookup. */ 2185 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s; 2186 2187 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might 2188 mention are initialized. */ 2189 if (s->addr_tree != NULL) 2190 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree); 2191 2192 if (s->load_base != NULL) 2193 exp_init_os (s->load_base); 2194 2195 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */ 2196 if (s->section_alignment != -1) 2197 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment; 2198 } 2199 2200 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are 2201 initialized. */ 2202 2203 static void 2204 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp) 2205 { 2206 switch (exp->type.node_class) 2207 { 2208 case etree_assign: 2209 case etree_provide: 2210 case etree_provided: 2211 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src); 2212 break; 2213 2214 case etree_binary: 2215 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs); 2216 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs); 2217 break; 2218 2219 case etree_trinary: 2220 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond); 2221 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs); 2222 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs); 2223 break; 2224 2225 case etree_assert: 2226 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child); 2227 break; 2228 2229 case etree_unary: 2230 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child); 2231 break; 2232 2233 case etree_name: 2234 switch (exp->type.node_code) 2235 { 2236 case ADDR: 2237 case LOADADDR: 2238 case SIZEOF: 2239 { 2240 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 2241 2242 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name); 2243 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL) 2244 init_os (os, 0); 2245 } 2246 } 2247 break; 2248 2249 default: 2250 break; 2251 } 2252 } 2253 2254 static void 2255 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data) 2256 { 2257 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data; 2258 2259 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to 2260 discard all sections. */ 2261 if (entry->flags.just_syms) 2262 { 2263 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info); 2264 return; 2265 } 2266 2267 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */ 2268 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 2269 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0 2270 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE) 2271 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 2272 2273 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC)) 2274 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info); 2275 } 2276 2277 2278 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its 2279 section flags, otherwise returns false. */ 2280 2281 static bfd_boolean 2282 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section) 2283 { 2284 bfd_boolean discard; 2285 flagword flags = section->flags; 2286 2287 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */ 2288 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0; 2289 2290 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the 2291 sections from within the group. */ 2292 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0 2293 && link_info.resolve_section_groups) 2294 discard = TRUE; 2295 2296 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging 2297 information. */ 2298 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all) 2299 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0) 2300 discard = TRUE; 2301 2302 return discard; 2303 } 2304 2305 /* The wild routines. 2306 2307 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of 2308 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and 2309 foo.o(.text, .data). */ 2310 2311 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a 2312 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */ 2313 2314 void 2315 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr, 2316 asection *section, 2317 struct flag_info *sflag_info, 2318 lang_output_section_statement_type *output) 2319 { 2320 flagword flags = section->flags; 2321 2322 bfd_boolean discard; 2323 lang_input_section_type *new_section; 2324 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd; 2325 2326 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */ 2327 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section); 2328 2329 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named 2330 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */ 2331 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0) 2332 discard = TRUE; 2333 2334 if (discard) 2335 { 2336 if (section->output_section == NULL) 2337 { 2338 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */ 2339 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 2340 } 2341 return; 2342 } 2343 2344 if (sflag_info) 2345 { 2346 bfd_boolean keep; 2347 2348 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section); 2349 if (!keep) 2350 return; 2351 } 2352 2353 if (section->output_section != NULL) 2354 return; 2355 2356 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section 2357 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a 2358 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded 2359 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do). 2360 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning 2361 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */ 2362 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD; 2363 2364 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've 2365 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe 2366 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd 2367 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */ 2368 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) 2369 { 2370 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups) 2371 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC); 2372 else 2373 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC); 2374 } 2375 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)) 2376 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC); 2377 2378 switch (output->sectype) 2379 { 2380 case normal_section: 2381 case overlay_section: 2382 break; 2383 case noalloc_section: 2384 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC; 2385 break; 2386 case noload_section: 2387 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD; 2388 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD; 2389 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different 2390 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload, 2391 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc 2392 section. */ 2393 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour) 2394 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 2395 else 2396 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC; 2397 break; 2398 } 2399 2400 if (output->bfd_section == NULL) 2401 init_os (output, flags); 2402 2403 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear 2404 it from the output section. */ 2405 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY; 2406 2407 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input) 2408 { 2409 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */ 2410 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY; 2411 2412 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */ 2413 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS)) 2414 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS)) 2415 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0 2416 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize)) 2417 { 2418 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS); 2419 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS); 2420 } 2421 } 2422 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags; 2423 2424 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input) 2425 { 2426 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1; 2427 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output 2428 section may have been created before we saw its first input 2429 section, eg. for a data statement. */ 2430 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section, 2431 link_info.output_bfd, 2432 output->bfd_section, 2433 &link_info); 2434 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) 2435 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize; 2436 } 2437 2438 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0 2439 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x) 2440 { 2441 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */ 2442 output->block_value = 128; 2443 } 2444 2445 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power) 2446 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power; 2447 2448 section->output_section = output->bfd_section; 2449 2450 if (!map_head_is_link_order) 2451 { 2452 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s; 2453 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section; 2454 section->map_head.s = NULL; 2455 section->map_tail.s = s; 2456 if (s != NULL) 2457 s->map_head.s = section; 2458 else 2459 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section; 2460 } 2461 2462 /* Add a section reference to the list. */ 2463 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr); 2464 new_section->section = section; 2465 } 2466 2467 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which 2468 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE, 2469 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the 2470 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */ 2471 2472 static lang_statement_union_type * 2473 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild, 2474 struct wildcard_list *sec, 2475 lang_input_statement_type *file, 2476 asection *section) 2477 { 2478 lang_statement_union_type *l; 2479 2480 if (!wild->filenames_sorted 2481 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none)) 2482 return NULL; 2483 2484 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next) 2485 { 2486 lang_input_section_type *ls; 2487 2488 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum) 2489 continue; 2490 ls = &l->input_section; 2491 2492 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section 2493 name. */ 2494 2495 if (wild->filenames_sorted) 2496 { 2497 const char *fn, *ln; 2498 bfd_boolean fa, la; 2499 int i; 2500 2501 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by 2502 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of 2503 the archive and then the name of the file within the 2504 archive. */ 2505 2506 if (file->the_bfd != NULL 2507 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL) 2508 { 2509 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive); 2510 fa = TRUE; 2511 } 2512 else 2513 { 2514 fn = file->filename; 2515 fa = FALSE; 2516 } 2517 2518 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL) 2519 { 2520 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive); 2521 la = TRUE; 2522 } 2523 else 2524 { 2525 ln = ls->section->owner->filename; 2526 la = FALSE; 2527 } 2528 2529 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln); 2530 if (i > 0) 2531 continue; 2532 else if (i < 0) 2533 break; 2534 2535 if (fa || la) 2536 { 2537 if (fa) 2538 fn = file->filename; 2539 if (la) 2540 ln = ls->section->owner->filename; 2541 2542 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln); 2543 if (i > 0) 2544 continue; 2545 else if (i < 0) 2546 break; 2547 } 2548 } 2549 2550 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are 2551 looking at the sections for this file. */ 2552 2553 if (sec != NULL 2554 && sec->spec.sorted != none 2555 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none) 2556 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0) 2557 break; 2558 } 2559 2560 return l; 2561 } 2562 2563 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be 2564 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */ 2565 2566 static void 2567 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 2568 struct wildcard_list *sec, 2569 asection *section, 2570 struct flag_info *sflag_info, 2571 lang_input_statement_type *file, 2572 void *output) 2573 { 2574 lang_statement_union_type *before; 2575 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 2576 2577 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output; 2578 2579 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */ 2580 if (unique_section_p (section, os)) 2581 return; 2582 2583 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section); 2584 2585 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which 2586 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE 2587 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end 2588 of the current list. */ 2589 2590 if (before == NULL) 2591 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os); 2592 else 2593 { 2594 lang_statement_list_type list; 2595 lang_statement_union_type **pp; 2596 2597 lang_list_init (&list); 2598 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os); 2599 2600 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will 2601 be NULL. */ 2602 if (list.head != NULL) 2603 { 2604 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL); 2605 2606 for (pp = &ptr->children.head; 2607 *pp != before; 2608 pp = &(*pp)->header.next) 2609 ASSERT (*pp != NULL); 2610 2611 list.head->header.next = *pp; 2612 *pp = list.head; 2613 } 2614 } 2615 } 2616 2617 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE 2618 are readonly. */ 2619 2620 static void 2621 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2622 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2623 asection *section, 2624 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2625 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2626 void *output) 2627 { 2628 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 2629 2630 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output; 2631 2632 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */ 2633 if (unique_section_p (section, os)) 2634 return; 2635 2636 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 2637 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE; 2638 } 2639 2640 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and 2641 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened 2642 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */ 2643 2644 static lang_input_statement_type * 2645 lookup_name (const char *name) 2646 { 2647 lang_input_statement_type *search; 2648 2649 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head; 2650 search != NULL; 2651 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file) 2652 { 2653 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has 2654 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed 2655 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */ 2656 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name; 2657 2658 if (filename != NULL 2659 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0) 2660 break; 2661 } 2662 2663 if (search == NULL) 2664 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum, 2665 default_target, FALSE); 2666 2667 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real 2668 don't add this file. */ 2669 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real) 2670 return search; 2671 2672 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL)) 2673 return NULL; 2674 2675 return search; 2676 } 2677 2678 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */ 2679 2680 struct excluded_lib 2681 { 2682 char *name; 2683 struct excluded_lib *next; 2684 }; 2685 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs; 2686 2687 void 2688 add_excluded_libs (const char *list) 2689 { 2690 const char *p = list, *end; 2691 2692 while (*p != '\0') 2693 { 2694 struct excluded_lib *entry; 2695 end = strpbrk (p, ",:"); 2696 if (end == NULL) 2697 end = p + strlen (p); 2698 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry)); 2699 entry->next = excluded_libs; 2700 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1); 2701 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p); 2702 entry->name[end - p] = '\0'; 2703 excluded_libs = entry; 2704 if (*end == '\0') 2705 break; 2706 p = end + 1; 2707 } 2708 } 2709 2710 static void 2711 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd) 2712 { 2713 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs; 2714 2715 while (lib) 2716 { 2717 int len = strlen (lib->name); 2718 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename); 2719 2720 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0) 2721 { 2722 abfd->no_export = TRUE; 2723 return; 2724 } 2725 2726 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0 2727 && (filename[len] == '\0' 2728 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a' 2729 && filename[len + 2] == '\0'))) 2730 { 2731 abfd->no_export = TRUE; 2732 return; 2733 } 2734 2735 lib = lib->next; 2736 } 2737 } 2738 2739 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */ 2740 2741 bfd_boolean 2742 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry, 2743 lang_statement_list_type *place) 2744 { 2745 char **matching; 2746 2747 if (entry->flags.loaded) 2748 return TRUE; 2749 2750 ldfile_open_file (entry); 2751 2752 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */ 2753 if (entry->flags.missing_file) 2754 return TRUE; 2755 2756 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive) 2757 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching)) 2758 { 2759 bfd_error_type err; 2760 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags; 2761 extern FILE *yyin; 2762 2763 err = bfd_get_error (); 2764 2765 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */ 2766 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry)) 2767 return TRUE; 2768 2769 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized) 2770 { 2771 char **p; 2772 2773 einfo (_("%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd); 2774 einfo (_("%B: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd); 2775 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++) 2776 einfo (" %s", *p); 2777 einfo ("%F\n"); 2778 } 2779 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized 2780 || place == NULL) 2781 einfo (_("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd); 2782 2783 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd); 2784 entry->the_bfd = NULL; 2785 2786 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */ 2787 save_flags = input_flags; 2788 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename); 2789 2790 push_stat_ptr (place); 2791 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular 2792 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular; 2793 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic 2794 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic; 2795 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive; 2796 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic; 2797 2798 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE; 2799 parser_input = input_script; 2800 yyparse (); 2801 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE; 2802 2803 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been 2804 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore 2805 again. */ 2806 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file; 2807 input_flags = save_flags; 2808 pop_stat_ptr (); 2809 fclose (yyin); 2810 yyin = NULL; 2811 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE; 2812 2813 return TRUE; 2814 } 2815 2816 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry)) 2817 return TRUE; 2818 2819 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the 2820 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the 2821 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive 2822 which is used. */ 2823 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd)) 2824 { 2825 default: 2826 break; 2827 2828 case bfd_object: 2829 if (!entry->flags.reload) 2830 ldlang_add_file (entry); 2831 if (trace_files || verbose) 2832 info_msg ("%I\n", entry); 2833 break; 2834 2835 case bfd_archive: 2836 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd); 2837 2838 if (entry->flags.whole_archive) 2839 { 2840 bfd *member = NULL; 2841 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE; 2842 2843 for (;;) 2844 { 2845 bfd *subsbfd; 2846 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member); 2847 2848 if (member == NULL) 2849 break; 2850 2851 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object)) 2852 { 2853 einfo (_("%F%B: member %B in archive is not an object\n"), 2854 entry->the_bfd, member); 2855 loaded = FALSE; 2856 } 2857 2858 subsbfd = member; 2859 if (!(*link_info.callbacks 2860 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member, 2861 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd)) 2862 abort (); 2863 2864 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a 2865 substitute BFD for us. */ 2866 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info)) 2867 { 2868 einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member); 2869 loaded = FALSE; 2870 } 2871 } 2872 2873 entry->flags.loaded = loaded; 2874 return loaded; 2875 } 2876 break; 2877 } 2878 2879 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info)) 2880 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE; 2881 else 2882 einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd); 2883 2884 return entry->flags.loaded; 2885 } 2886 2887 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both 2888 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate 2889 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the 2890 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is 2891 the output section. */ 2892 2893 static void 2894 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, 2895 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2896 lang_output_section_statement_type *output) 2897 { 2898 struct wildcard_list *sec; 2899 2900 if (s->handler_data[0] 2901 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name 2902 && !s->filenames_sorted) 2903 { 2904 lang_section_bst_type *tree; 2905 2906 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output); 2907 2908 tree = s->tree; 2909 if (tree) 2910 { 2911 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output); 2912 s->tree = NULL; 2913 } 2914 } 2915 else 2916 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output); 2917 2918 if (default_common_section == NULL) 2919 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 2920 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0) 2921 { 2922 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we 2923 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */ 2924 default_common_section = output; 2925 break; 2926 } 2927 } 2928 2929 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */ 2930 2931 static int 2932 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data) 2933 { 2934 const char *sought = (const char *) data; 2935 2936 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0; 2937 } 2938 2939 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */ 2940 2941 static void 2942 stricpy (char *dest, char *src) 2943 { 2944 char c; 2945 2946 while ((c = *src++) != 0) 2947 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c); 2948 2949 *dest = 0; 2950 } 2951 2952 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack 2953 from haystack. */ 2954 2955 static void 2956 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle) 2957 { 2958 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle); 2959 2960 if (haystack) 2961 { 2962 char *src; 2963 2964 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;) 2965 *haystack++ = *src++; 2966 2967 *haystack = 0; 2968 } 2969 } 2970 2971 /* Compare two target format name strings. 2972 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */ 2973 2974 static int 2975 name_compare (char *first, char *second) 2976 { 2977 char *copy1; 2978 char *copy2; 2979 int result; 2980 2981 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1); 2982 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1); 2983 2984 /* Convert the names to lower case. */ 2985 stricpy (copy1, first); 2986 stricpy (copy2, second); 2987 2988 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */ 2989 strcut (copy1, "big"); 2990 strcut (copy1, "little"); 2991 strcut (copy2, "big"); 2992 strcut (copy2, "little"); 2993 2994 /* Return a value based on how many characters match, 2995 starting from the beginning. If both strings are 2996 the same then return 10 * their length. */ 2997 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++) 2998 if (copy1[result] == 0) 2999 { 3000 result *= 10; 3001 break; 3002 } 3003 3004 free (copy1); 3005 free (copy2); 3006 3007 return result; 3008 } 3009 3010 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */ 3011 static const bfd_target *winner; 3012 3013 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness 3014 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest 3015 match to the original output target. */ 3016 3017 static int 3018 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data) 3019 { 3020 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data; 3021 3022 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG 3023 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG) 3024 return 0; 3025 3026 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE 3027 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE) 3028 return 0; 3029 3030 /* Must be the same flavour. */ 3031 if (target->flavour != original->flavour) 3032 return 0; 3033 3034 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */ 3035 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0 3036 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0 3037 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0 3038 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0) 3039 return 0; 3040 3041 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */ 3042 if (winner == NULL) 3043 { 3044 winner = target; 3045 return 0; 3046 } 3047 3048 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match. 3049 Compare their names and choose the better one. */ 3050 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name) 3051 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name)) 3052 winner = target; 3053 3054 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */ 3055 return 0; 3056 } 3057 3058 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */ 3059 3060 static char * 3061 get_first_input_target (void) 3062 { 3063 char *target = NULL; 3064 3065 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s) 3066 { 3067 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum 3068 && s->flags.real) 3069 { 3070 ldfile_open_file (s); 3071 3072 if (s->the_bfd != NULL 3073 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object)) 3074 { 3075 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd); 3076 3077 if (target != NULL) 3078 break; 3079 } 3080 } 3081 } 3082 3083 return target; 3084 } 3085 3086 const char * 3087 lang_get_output_target (void) 3088 { 3089 const char *target; 3090 3091 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */ 3092 if (output_target != NULL) 3093 return output_target; 3094 3095 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than 3096 the default? */ 3097 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL) 3098 return current_target; 3099 3100 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */ 3101 target = get_first_input_target (); 3102 if (target != NULL) 3103 return target; 3104 3105 /* Failed - use the default output target. */ 3106 return default_target; 3107 } 3108 3109 /* Open the output file. */ 3110 3111 static void 3112 open_output (const char *name) 3113 { 3114 output_target = lang_get_output_target (); 3115 3116 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command 3117 line? */ 3118 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET) 3119 { 3120 /* Get the chosen target. */ 3121 const bfd_target *target 3122 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target); 3123 3124 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */ 3125 if (target != NULL) 3126 { 3127 enum bfd_endian desired_endian; 3128 3129 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG) 3130 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG; 3131 else 3132 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE; 3133 3134 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should 3135 not happen if the linker script has provided big and 3136 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do 3137 this. */ 3138 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian) 3139 { 3140 /* If it does, then see if the target provides 3141 an alternative with the correct endianness. */ 3142 if (target->alternative_target != NULL 3143 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian)) 3144 output_target = target->alternative_target->name; 3145 else 3146 { 3147 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to 3148 the default target, but which has the desired 3149 endian characteristic. */ 3150 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match, 3151 (void *) target); 3152 3153 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that 3154 satisfy our requirements. */ 3155 if (winner == NULL) 3156 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets" 3157 " that match endianness requirement\n")); 3158 else 3159 output_target = winner->name; 3160 } 3161 } 3162 } 3163 } 3164 3165 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target); 3166 3167 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL) 3168 { 3169 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target) 3170 einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target); 3171 3172 einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name); 3173 } 3174 3175 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE; 3176 3177 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object)) 3178 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name); 3179 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd, 3180 ldfile_output_architecture, 3181 ldfile_output_machine)) 3182 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name); 3183 3184 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd); 3185 if (link_info.hash == NULL) 3186 einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n")); 3187 3188 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value); 3189 } 3190 3191 static void 3192 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement) 3193 { 3194 switch (statement->header.type) 3195 { 3196 case lang_output_statement_enum: 3197 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL); 3198 open_output (statement->output_statement.name); 3199 ldemul_set_output_arch (); 3200 if (config.magic_demand_paged 3201 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)) 3202 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED; 3203 else 3204 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED; 3205 if (config.text_read_only) 3206 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT; 3207 else 3208 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT; 3209 if (link_info.traditional_format) 3210 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT; 3211 else 3212 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT; 3213 break; 3214 3215 case lang_target_statement_enum: 3216 current_target = statement->target_statement.target; 3217 break; 3218 default: 3219 break; 3220 } 3221 } 3222 3223 static void 3224 init_opb (void) 3225 { 3226 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture, 3227 ldfile_output_machine); 3228 opb_shift = 0; 3229 if (x > 1) 3230 while ((x & 1) == 0) 3231 { 3232 x >>= 1; 3233 ++opb_shift; 3234 } 3235 ASSERT (x == 1); 3236 } 3237 3238 /* Open all the input files. */ 3239 3240 enum open_bfd_mode 3241 { 3242 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0, 3243 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1, 3244 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2 3245 }; 3246 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS 3247 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL; 3248 #endif 3249 3250 static void 3251 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode) 3252 { 3253 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next) 3254 { 3255 switch (s->header.type) 3256 { 3257 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 3258 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode); 3259 break; 3260 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 3261 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode); 3262 break; 3263 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 3264 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */ 3265 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0 3266 && s->wild_statement.filename 3267 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename) 3268 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename)) 3269 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename); 3270 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode); 3271 break; 3272 case lang_group_statement_enum: 3273 { 3274 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs; 3275 3276 /* We must continually search the entries in the group 3277 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined 3278 symbols. */ 3279 3280 do 3281 { 3282 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail; 3283 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head, 3284 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE); 3285 } 3286 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail); 3287 } 3288 break; 3289 case lang_target_statement_enum: 3290 current_target = s->target_statement.target; 3291 break; 3292 case lang_input_statement_enum: 3293 if (s->input_statement.flags.real) 3294 { 3295 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail; 3296 lang_statement_list_type add; 3297 bfd *abfd; 3298 3299 s->input_statement.target = current_target; 3300 3301 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this 3302 is an archive which has already been searched, then 3303 force it to be researched unless the whole archive 3304 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan. 3305 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */ 3306 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL 3307 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS 3308 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0 3309 || plugin_insert == NULL) 3310 #endif 3311 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded 3312 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL 3313 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive 3314 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive) 3315 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object 3316 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0 3317 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular 3318 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour 3319 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0))) 3320 { 3321 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE; 3322 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE; 3323 } 3324 3325 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail; 3326 lang_list_init (&add); 3327 3328 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add)) 3329 config.make_executable = FALSE; 3330 3331 if (add.head != NULL) 3332 { 3333 /* If this was a script with output sections then 3334 tack any added statements on to the end of the 3335 list. This avoids having to reorder the output 3336 section statement list. Very likely the user 3337 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet 3338 naive user expectations. */ 3339 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail) 3340 { 3341 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;" 3342 " did you forget -T?\n"), 3343 s->input_statement.filename); 3344 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head; 3345 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail; 3346 } 3347 else 3348 { 3349 *add.tail = s->header.next; 3350 s->header.next = add.head; 3351 } 3352 } 3353 } 3354 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS 3355 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new 3356 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */ 3357 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert) 3358 plugin_insert = NULL; 3359 #endif 3360 break; 3361 case lang_assignment_statement_enum: 3362 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert) 3363 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp); 3364 break; 3365 default: 3366 break; 3367 } 3368 } 3369 3370 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */ 3371 if (input_flags.missing_file) 3372 einfo ("%F"); 3373 } 3374 3375 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference. 3376 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at 3377 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name 3378 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the 3379 name to the symbol table. */ 3380 3381 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type; 3382 3383 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next 3384 3385 void 3386 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline) 3387 { 3388 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef; 3389 3390 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline; 3391 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef)); 3392 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; 3393 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef; 3394 3395 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name); 3396 3397 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL) 3398 insert_undefined (new_undef->name); 3399 } 3400 3401 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */ 3402 3403 static void 3404 insert_undefined (const char *name) 3405 { 3406 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; 3407 3408 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE); 3409 if (h == NULL) 3410 einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n")); 3411 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new) 3412 { 3413 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined; 3414 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL; 3415 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash)) 3416 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1; 3417 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h); 3418 } 3419 } 3420 3421 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them 3422 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the 3423 script file. */ 3424 3425 static void 3426 lang_place_undefineds (void) 3427 { 3428 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr; 3429 3430 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next) 3431 insert_undefined (ptr->name); 3432 } 3433 3434 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required 3435 be defined. */ 3436 3437 struct require_defined_symbol 3438 { 3439 const char *name; 3440 struct require_defined_symbol *next; 3441 }; 3442 3443 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */ 3444 3445 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list; 3446 3447 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be 3448 defined. */ 3449 3450 void 3451 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name) 3452 { 3453 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr; 3454 3455 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE); 3456 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr)); 3457 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list; 3458 ptr->name = strdup (name); 3459 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr; 3460 } 3461 3462 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined, 3463 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */ 3464 3465 static void 3466 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void) 3467 { 3468 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr; 3469 3470 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next) 3471 { 3472 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; 3473 3474 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name, 3475 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 3476 if (h == NULL 3477 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined 3478 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 3479 einfo(_("%P%X: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name); 3480 } 3481 } 3482 3483 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */ 3484 3485 static void 3486 check_input_sections 3487 (lang_statement_union_type *s, 3488 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement) 3489 { 3490 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next) 3491 { 3492 switch (s->header.type) 3493 { 3494 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 3495 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback, 3496 output_section_statement); 3497 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly) 3498 return; 3499 break; 3500 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 3501 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head, 3502 output_section_statement); 3503 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly) 3504 return; 3505 break; 3506 case lang_group_statement_enum: 3507 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head, 3508 output_section_statement); 3509 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly) 3510 return; 3511 break; 3512 default: 3513 break; 3514 } 3515 } 3516 } 3517 3518 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */ 3519 3520 static void 3521 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s) 3522 { 3523 struct wildcard_list *sec; 3524 3525 switch (sort_section) 3526 { 3527 default: 3528 FAIL (); 3529 3530 case none: 3531 break; 3532 3533 case by_name: 3534 case by_alignment: 3535 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next) 3536 { 3537 switch (s->header.type) 3538 { 3539 default: 3540 break; 3541 3542 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 3543 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL; 3544 sec = sec->next) 3545 { 3546 switch (sec->spec.sorted) 3547 { 3548 case none: 3549 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section; 3550 break; 3551 case by_name: 3552 if (sort_section == by_alignment) 3553 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment; 3554 break; 3555 case by_alignment: 3556 if (sort_section == by_name) 3557 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name; 3558 break; 3559 default: 3560 break; 3561 } 3562 } 3563 break; 3564 3565 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 3566 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head); 3567 break; 3568 3569 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 3570 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */ 3571 if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0 3572 && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0) 3573 update_wild_statements 3574 (s->output_section_statement.children.head); 3575 break; 3576 3577 case lang_group_statement_enum: 3578 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head); 3579 break; 3580 } 3581 } 3582 break; 3583 } 3584 } 3585 3586 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */ 3587 3588 static void 3589 map_input_to_output_sections 3590 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target, 3591 lang_output_section_statement_type *os) 3592 { 3593 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next) 3594 { 3595 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos; 3596 flagword flags; 3597 3598 switch (s->header.type) 3599 { 3600 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 3601 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os); 3602 break; 3603 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 3604 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head, 3605 target, 3606 os); 3607 break; 3608 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 3609 tos = &s->output_section_statement; 3610 if (tos->constraint != 0) 3611 { 3612 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW 3613 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO) 3614 break; 3615 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE; 3616 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos); 3617 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO)) 3618 { 3619 tos->constraint = -1; 3620 break; 3621 } 3622 } 3623 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head, 3624 target, 3625 tos); 3626 break; 3627 case lang_output_statement_enum: 3628 break; 3629 case lang_target_statement_enum: 3630 target = s->target_statement.target; 3631 break; 3632 case lang_group_statement_enum: 3633 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head, 3634 target, 3635 os); 3636 break; 3637 case lang_data_statement_enum: 3638 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression 3639 are initialized. */ 3640 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp); 3641 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but 3642 these may be overridden by the script. */ 3643 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD; 3644 switch (os->sectype) 3645 { 3646 case normal_section: 3647 case overlay_section: 3648 break; 3649 case noalloc_section: 3650 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 3651 break; 3652 case noload_section: 3653 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) 3654 == bfd_target_elf_flavour) 3655 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC; 3656 else 3657 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 3658 break; 3659 } 3660 if (os->bfd_section == NULL) 3661 init_os (os, flags); 3662 else 3663 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags; 3664 break; 3665 case lang_input_section_enum: 3666 break; 3667 case lang_fill_statement_enum: 3668 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum: 3669 case lang_reloc_statement_enum: 3670 case lang_padding_statement_enum: 3671 case lang_input_statement_enum: 3672 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL) 3673 init_os (os, 0); 3674 break; 3675 case lang_assignment_statement_enum: 3676 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL) 3677 init_os (os, 0); 3678 3679 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment 3680 are initialized. */ 3681 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp); 3682 break; 3683 case lang_address_statement_enum: 3684 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address. 3685 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the 3686 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly 3687 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker 3688 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the 3689 command-line) as section directives. We honor the 3690 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility; 3691 linker scripts that do not specifically check for 3692 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */ 3693 if (!s->address_statement.segment 3694 || !s->address_statement.segment->used) 3695 { 3696 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name; 3697 3698 /* Create the output section statement here so that 3699 orphans with a set address will be placed after other 3700 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code 3701 place them in amongst other sections then the address 3702 will affect following script sections, which is 3703 likely to surprise naive users. */ 3704 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE); 3705 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address; 3706 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL) 3707 init_os (tos, 0); 3708 } 3709 break; 3710 case lang_insert_statement_enum: 3711 break; 3712 } 3713 } 3714 } 3715 3716 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the 3717 start of the list and places them after the output section 3718 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated 3719 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section 3720 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */ 3721 3722 static void 3723 process_insert_statements (void) 3724 { 3725 lang_statement_union_type **s; 3726 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL; 3727 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL; 3728 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 3729 3730 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after 3731 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't 3732 reordered. */ 3733 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head; 3734 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL) 3735 { 3736 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum) 3737 { 3738 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section 3739 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */ 3740 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement; 3741 3742 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os); 3743 last_os = os; 3744 3745 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find 3746 won't match this output section statement. At this 3747 stage in linking constraint has values in the range 3748 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */ 3749 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint; 3750 if (first_os == NULL) 3751 first_os = last_os; 3752 } 3753 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum) 3754 { 3755 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement; 3756 lang_output_section_statement_type *where; 3757 lang_statement_union_type **ptr; 3758 lang_statement_union_type *first; 3759 3760 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where); 3761 if (where != NULL && i->is_before) 3762 { 3763 do 3764 where = where->prev; 3765 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0); 3766 } 3767 if (where == NULL) 3768 { 3769 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where); 3770 return; 3771 } 3772 3773 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */ 3774 if (last_os != NULL) 3775 { 3776 asection *first_sec, *last_sec; 3777 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next; 3778 3779 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */ 3780 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next; 3781 if (last_os->next == NULL) 3782 { 3783 next = &first_os->prev->next; 3784 lang_output_section_statement.tail 3785 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next; 3786 } 3787 else 3788 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev; 3789 /* Add them in at the new position. */ 3790 last_os->next = where->next; 3791 if (where->next == NULL) 3792 { 3793 next = &last_os->next; 3794 lang_output_section_statement.tail 3795 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next; 3796 } 3797 else 3798 where->next->prev = last_os; 3799 first_os->prev = where; 3800 where->next = first_os; 3801 3802 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */ 3803 first_sec = NULL; 3804 last_sec = NULL; 3805 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next) 3806 { 3807 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint; 3808 if (os->bfd_section != NULL 3809 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL) 3810 { 3811 last_sec = os->bfd_section; 3812 if (first_sec == NULL) 3813 first_sec = last_sec; 3814 } 3815 if (os == last_os) 3816 break; 3817 } 3818 if (last_sec != NULL) 3819 { 3820 asection *sec = where->bfd_section; 3821 if (sec == NULL) 3822 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where); 3823 3824 /* The place we want to insert must come after the 3825 sections we are moving. So if we find no 3826 section or if the section is the same as our 3827 last section, then no move is needed. */ 3828 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec) 3829 { 3830 /* Trim them off. */ 3831 if (first_sec->prev != NULL) 3832 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next; 3833 else 3834 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next; 3835 if (last_sec->next != NULL) 3836 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev; 3837 else 3838 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev; 3839 /* Add back. */ 3840 last_sec->next = sec->next; 3841 if (sec->next != NULL) 3842 sec->next->prev = last_sec; 3843 else 3844 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec; 3845 first_sec->prev = sec; 3846 sec->next = first_sec; 3847 } 3848 } 3849 3850 first_os = NULL; 3851 last_os = NULL; 3852 } 3853 3854 ptr = insert_os_after (where); 3855 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we 3856 know is at the start of the list, up to and including 3857 the insert statement we are currently processing. */ 3858 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next; 3859 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next; 3860 /* Add them back where they belong. */ 3861 *s = *ptr; 3862 if (*s == NULL) 3863 statement_list.tail = s; 3864 *ptr = first; 3865 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head; 3866 } 3867 } 3868 3869 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */ 3870 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next) 3871 { 3872 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint; 3873 if (os == last_os) 3874 break; 3875 } 3876 } 3877 3878 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was 3879 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic 3880 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */ 3881 3882 void 3883 strip_excluded_output_sections (void) 3884 { 3885 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 3886 3887 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */ 3888 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum) 3889 { 3890 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum; 3891 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none; 3892 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE); 3893 lang_reset_memory_regions (); 3894 } 3895 3896 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement; 3897 os != NULL; 3898 os = os->next) 3899 { 3900 asection *output_section; 3901 bfd_boolean exclude; 3902 3903 if (os->constraint < 0) 3904 continue; 3905 3906 output_section = os->bfd_section; 3907 if (output_section == NULL) 3908 continue; 3909 3910 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0 3911 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0 3912 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, 3913 output_section)); 3914 3915 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version, 3916 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED 3917 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such 3918 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */ 3919 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL) 3920 { 3921 asection *s; 3922 3923 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s) 3924 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 3925 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 3926 || link_info.emitrelocations)) 3927 { 3928 exclude = FALSE; 3929 break; 3930 } 3931 } 3932 3933 if (exclude) 3934 { 3935 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the 3936 removed output section statement may still be used. */ 3937 if (!os->update_dot) 3938 os->ignored = TRUE; 3939 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 3940 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section); 3941 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--; 3942 } 3943 } 3944 } 3945 3946 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and 3947 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. 3948 FIXME: Except for sh64elf.em which starts creating link_orders in 3949 its after_allocation routine so needs to call it early. */ 3950 3951 void 3952 lang_clear_os_map (void) 3953 { 3954 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 3955 3956 if (map_head_is_link_order) 3957 return; 3958 3959 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement; 3960 os != NULL; 3961 os = os->next) 3962 { 3963 asection *output_section; 3964 3965 if (os->constraint < 0) 3966 continue; 3967 3968 output_section = os->bfd_section; 3969 if (output_section == NULL) 3970 continue; 3971 3972 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */ 3973 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL; 3974 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL; 3975 } 3976 3977 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head 3978 and map_tail link_order fields. */ 3979 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE; 3980 } 3981 3982 static void 3983 print_output_section_statement 3984 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement) 3985 { 3986 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section; 3987 int len; 3988 3989 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section) 3990 { 3991 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name); 3992 3993 if (section != NULL) 3994 { 3995 print_dot = section->vma; 3996 3997 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name); 3998 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1) 3999 { 4000 print_nl (); 4001 len = 0; 4002 } 4003 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH) 4004 { 4005 print_space (); 4006 ++len; 4007 } 4008 4009 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size)); 4010 4011 if (section->vma != section->lma) 4012 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma); 4013 4014 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL) 4015 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree, 4016 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot); 4017 } 4018 4019 print_nl (); 4020 } 4021 4022 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head, 4023 output_section_statement); 4024 } 4025 4026 static void 4027 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment, 4028 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section) 4029 { 4030 unsigned int i; 4031 bfd_boolean is_dot; 4032 etree_type *tree; 4033 asection *osec; 4034 4035 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++) 4036 print_space (); 4037 4038 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert) 4039 { 4040 is_dot = FALSE; 4041 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child; 4042 } 4043 else 4044 { 4045 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst; 4046 4047 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0); 4048 if (!is_dot) 4049 expld.assign_name = dst; 4050 tree = assignment->exp->assign.src; 4051 } 4052 4053 osec = output_section->bfd_section; 4054 if (osec == NULL) 4055 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 4056 4057 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide) 4058 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot); 4059 else 4060 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE; 4061 4062 if (expld.result.valid_p) 4063 { 4064 bfd_vma value; 4065 4066 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert 4067 || is_dot 4068 || expld.assign_name != NULL) 4069 { 4070 value = expld.result.value; 4071 4072 if (expld.result.section != NULL) 4073 value += expld.result.section->vma; 4074 4075 minfo ("0x%V", value); 4076 if (is_dot) 4077 print_dot = value; 4078 } 4079 else 4080 { 4081 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; 4082 4083 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst, 4084 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4085 if (h) 4086 { 4087 value = h->u.def.value; 4088 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma; 4089 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset; 4090 4091 minfo ("[0x%V]", value); 4092 } 4093 else 4094 minfo ("[unresolved]"); 4095 } 4096 } 4097 else 4098 { 4099 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide) 4100 minfo ("[!provide]"); 4101 else 4102 minfo ("*undef* "); 4103 #ifdef BFD64 4104 minfo (" "); 4105 #endif 4106 } 4107 expld.assign_name = NULL; 4108 4109 minfo (" "); 4110 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp); 4111 print_nl (); 4112 } 4113 4114 static void 4115 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm) 4116 { 4117 if (statm->filename != NULL 4118 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL 4119 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)) 4120 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename); 4121 } 4122 4123 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called 4124 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */ 4125 4126 static bfd_boolean 4127 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr) 4128 { 4129 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr; 4130 4131 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4132 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 4133 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section) 4134 { 4135 int i; 4136 4137 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++) 4138 print_space (); 4139 minfo ("0x%V ", 4140 (hash_entry->u.def.value 4141 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset 4142 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma)); 4143 4144 minfo (" %T\n", hash_entry->root.string); 4145 } 4146 4147 return TRUE; 4148 } 4149 4150 static int 4151 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b) 4152 { 4153 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a; 4154 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b; 4155 4156 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value) 4157 return -1; 4158 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value) 4159 return 1; 4160 else 4161 return 0; 4162 } 4163 4164 static void 4165 print_all_symbols (asection *sec) 4166 { 4167 input_section_userdata_type *ud 4168 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec); 4169 struct map_symbol_def *def; 4170 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries; 4171 unsigned int i; 4172 4173 if (!ud) 4174 return; 4175 4176 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0; 4177 4178 /* Sort the symbols by address. */ 4179 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) 4180 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, 4181 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries)); 4182 4183 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++) 4184 entries[i] = def->entry; 4185 4186 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries), 4187 hash_entry_addr_cmp); 4188 4189 /* Print the symbols. */ 4190 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++) 4191 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec); 4192 4193 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries); 4194 } 4195 4196 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */ 4197 4198 static void 4199 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded) 4200 { 4201 bfd_size_type size = i->size; 4202 int len; 4203 bfd_vma addr; 4204 4205 init_opb (); 4206 4207 print_space (); 4208 minfo ("%s", i->name); 4209 4210 len = 1 + strlen (i->name); 4211 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1) 4212 { 4213 print_nl (); 4214 len = 0; 4215 } 4216 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH) 4217 { 4218 print_space (); 4219 ++len; 4220 } 4221 4222 if (i->output_section != NULL 4223 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd) 4224 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset; 4225 else 4226 { 4227 addr = print_dot; 4228 if (!is_discarded) 4229 size = 0; 4230 } 4231 4232 minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n", addr, size, i->owner); 4233 4234 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0) 4235 { 4236 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3; 4237 #ifdef BFD64 4238 len += 16; 4239 #else 4240 len += 8; 4241 #endif 4242 while (len > 0) 4243 { 4244 print_space (); 4245 --len; 4246 } 4247 4248 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize); 4249 } 4250 4251 if (i->output_section != NULL 4252 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd) 4253 { 4254 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads) 4255 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i); 4256 else 4257 print_all_symbols (i); 4258 4259 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it 4260 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a 4261 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */ 4262 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot) 4263 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size); 4264 } 4265 } 4266 4267 static void 4268 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill) 4269 { 4270 size_t size; 4271 unsigned char *p; 4272 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file); 4273 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--) 4274 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p); 4275 fputs ("\n", config.map_file); 4276 } 4277 4278 static void 4279 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data) 4280 { 4281 int i; 4282 bfd_vma addr; 4283 bfd_size_type size; 4284 const char *name; 4285 4286 init_opb (); 4287 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++) 4288 print_space (); 4289 4290 addr = data->output_offset; 4291 if (data->output_section != NULL) 4292 addr += data->output_section->vma; 4293 4294 switch (data->type) 4295 { 4296 default: 4297 abort (); 4298 case BYTE: 4299 size = BYTE_SIZE; 4300 name = "BYTE"; 4301 break; 4302 case SHORT: 4303 size = SHORT_SIZE; 4304 name = "SHORT"; 4305 break; 4306 case LONG: 4307 size = LONG_SIZE; 4308 name = "LONG"; 4309 break; 4310 case QUAD: 4311 size = QUAD_SIZE; 4312 name = "QUAD"; 4313 break; 4314 case SQUAD: 4315 size = QUAD_SIZE; 4316 name = "SQUAD"; 4317 break; 4318 } 4319 4320 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1)) 4321 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1); 4322 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value); 4323 4324 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value) 4325 { 4326 print_space (); 4327 exp_print_tree (data->exp); 4328 } 4329 4330 print_nl (); 4331 4332 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size); 4333 } 4334 4335 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like 4336 -Ttext. */ 4337 4338 static void 4339 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address) 4340 { 4341 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name); 4342 exp_print_tree (address->address); 4343 print_nl (); 4344 } 4345 4346 /* Print a reloc statement. */ 4347 4348 static void 4349 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc) 4350 { 4351 int i; 4352 bfd_vma addr; 4353 bfd_size_type size; 4354 4355 init_opb (); 4356 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++) 4357 print_space (); 4358 4359 addr = reloc->output_offset; 4360 if (reloc->output_section != NULL) 4361 addr += reloc->output_section->vma; 4362 4363 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto); 4364 4365 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name); 4366 4367 if (reloc->name != NULL) 4368 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name); 4369 else 4370 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name); 4371 4372 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp); 4373 4374 print_nl (); 4375 4376 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size); 4377 } 4378 4379 static void 4380 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s) 4381 { 4382 int len; 4383 bfd_vma addr; 4384 4385 init_opb (); 4386 minfo (" *fill*"); 4387 4388 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1; 4389 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH) 4390 { 4391 print_space (); 4392 ++len; 4393 } 4394 4395 addr = s->output_offset; 4396 if (s->output_section != NULL) 4397 addr += s->output_section->vma; 4398 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size)); 4399 4400 if (s->fill->size != 0) 4401 { 4402 size_t size; 4403 unsigned char *p; 4404 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--) 4405 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p); 4406 } 4407 4408 print_nl (); 4409 4410 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size); 4411 } 4412 4413 static void 4414 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w, 4415 lang_output_section_statement_type *os) 4416 { 4417 struct wildcard_list *sec; 4418 4419 print_space (); 4420 4421 if (w->exclude_name_list) 4422 { 4423 name_list *tmp; 4424 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name); 4425 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) 4426 minfo (" %s", tmp->name); 4427 minfo (") "); 4428 } 4429 4430 if (w->filenames_sorted) 4431 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME("); 4432 if (w->filename != NULL) 4433 minfo ("%s", w->filename); 4434 else 4435 minfo ("*"); 4436 if (w->filenames_sorted) 4437 minfo (")"); 4438 4439 minfo ("("); 4440 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next) 4441 { 4442 int closing_paren = 0; 4443 4444 switch (sec->spec.sorted) 4445 { 4446 case none: 4447 break; 4448 4449 case by_name: 4450 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME("); 4451 closing_paren = 1; 4452 break; 4453 4454 case by_alignment: 4455 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT("); 4456 closing_paren = 1; 4457 break; 4458 4459 case by_name_alignment: 4460 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT("); 4461 closing_paren = 2; 4462 break; 4463 4464 case by_alignment_name: 4465 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME("); 4466 closing_paren = 2; 4467 break; 4468 4469 case by_none: 4470 minfo ("SORT_NONE("); 4471 closing_paren = 1; 4472 break; 4473 4474 case by_init_priority: 4475 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY("); 4476 closing_paren = 1; 4477 break; 4478 } 4479 4480 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL) 4481 { 4482 name_list *tmp; 4483 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name); 4484 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) 4485 minfo (" %s", tmp->name); 4486 minfo (") "); 4487 } 4488 if (sec->spec.name != NULL) 4489 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name); 4490 else 4491 minfo ("*"); 4492 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--) 4493 minfo (")"); 4494 if (sec->next) 4495 minfo (" "); 4496 } 4497 minfo (")"); 4498 4499 print_nl (); 4500 4501 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os); 4502 } 4503 4504 /* Print a group statement. */ 4505 4506 static void 4507 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s, 4508 lang_output_section_statement_type *os) 4509 { 4510 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n"); 4511 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os); 4512 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n"); 4513 } 4514 4515 /* Print the list of statements in S. 4516 This can be called for any statement type. */ 4517 4518 static void 4519 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s, 4520 lang_output_section_statement_type *os) 4521 { 4522 while (s != NULL) 4523 { 4524 print_statement (s, os); 4525 s = s->header.next; 4526 } 4527 } 4528 4529 /* Print the first statement in statement list S. 4530 This can be called for any statement type. */ 4531 4532 static void 4533 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, 4534 lang_output_section_statement_type *os) 4535 { 4536 switch (s->header.type) 4537 { 4538 default: 4539 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type); 4540 FAIL (); 4541 break; 4542 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 4543 if (constructor_list.head != NULL) 4544 { 4545 if (constructors_sorted) 4546 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n"); 4547 else 4548 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n"); 4549 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os); 4550 } 4551 break; 4552 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 4553 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os); 4554 break; 4555 case lang_address_statement_enum: 4556 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement); 4557 break; 4558 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum: 4559 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n"); 4560 break; 4561 case lang_fill_statement_enum: 4562 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement); 4563 break; 4564 case lang_data_statement_enum: 4565 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement); 4566 break; 4567 case lang_reloc_statement_enum: 4568 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement); 4569 break; 4570 case lang_input_section_enum: 4571 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE); 4572 break; 4573 case lang_padding_statement_enum: 4574 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement); 4575 break; 4576 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 4577 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement); 4578 break; 4579 case lang_assignment_statement_enum: 4580 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os); 4581 break; 4582 case lang_target_statement_enum: 4583 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target); 4584 break; 4585 case lang_output_statement_enum: 4586 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name); 4587 if (output_target != NULL) 4588 minfo (" %s", output_target); 4589 minfo (")\n"); 4590 break; 4591 case lang_input_statement_enum: 4592 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement); 4593 break; 4594 case lang_group_statement_enum: 4595 print_group (&s->group_statement, os); 4596 break; 4597 case lang_insert_statement_enum: 4598 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n", 4599 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER", 4600 s->insert_statement.where); 4601 break; 4602 } 4603 } 4604 4605 static void 4606 print_statements (void) 4607 { 4608 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section); 4609 } 4610 4611 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR. 4612 If N == 0, nothing is printed. 4613 If N < 0, the entire list is printed. 4614 Intended to be called from GDB. */ 4615 4616 void 4617 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n) 4618 { 4619 FILE *map_save = config.map_file; 4620 4621 config.map_file = stderr; 4622 4623 if (n < 0) 4624 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section); 4625 else 4626 { 4627 while (s && --n >= 0) 4628 { 4629 print_statement (s, abs_output_section); 4630 s = s->header.next; 4631 } 4632 } 4633 4634 config.map_file = map_save; 4635 } 4636 4637 static void 4638 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr, 4639 fill_type *fill, 4640 bfd_size_type alignment_needed, 4641 asection *output_section, 4642 bfd_vma dot) 4643 { 4644 static fill_type zero_fill; 4645 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL; 4646 4647 if (ptr != &statement_list.head) 4648 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *) 4649 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next))); 4650 if (pad != NULL 4651 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum 4652 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section) 4653 { 4654 /* Use the existing pad statement. */ 4655 } 4656 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL 4657 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum 4658 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section) 4659 { 4660 /* Use the existing pad statement. */ 4661 } 4662 else 4663 { 4664 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */ 4665 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *) 4666 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type)); 4667 pad->header.next = *ptr; 4668 *ptr = pad; 4669 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum; 4670 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section; 4671 if (fill == NULL) 4672 fill = &zero_fill; 4673 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill; 4674 } 4675 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma; 4676 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed; 4677 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed) 4678 - output_section->vma); 4679 } 4680 4681 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */ 4682 4683 static bfd_vma 4684 size_input_section 4685 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr, 4686 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement, 4687 fill_type *fill, 4688 bfd_vma dot) 4689 { 4690 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section); 4691 asection *i = is->section; 4692 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section; 4693 4694 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS) 4695 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma; 4696 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) 4697 || output_section_statement->ignored) 4698 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma; 4699 else 4700 { 4701 bfd_size_type alignment_needed; 4702 4703 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement, 4704 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment 4705 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform 4706 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */ 4707 4708 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1) 4709 i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment; 4710 4711 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power) 4712 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power; 4713 4714 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot; 4715 4716 if (alignment_needed != 0) 4717 { 4718 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot); 4719 dot += alignment_needed; 4720 } 4721 4722 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */ 4723 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma; 4724 4725 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */ 4726 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size); 4727 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma); 4728 } 4729 4730 return dot; 4731 } 4732 4733 struct check_sec 4734 { 4735 asection *sec; 4736 bfd_boolean warned; 4737 }; 4738 4739 static int 4740 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) 4741 { 4742 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec; 4743 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec; 4744 4745 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) 4746 return -1; 4747 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) 4748 return 1; 4749 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id) 4750 return -1; 4751 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id) 4752 return 1; 4753 4754 return 0; 4755 } 4756 4757 static int 4758 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) 4759 { 4760 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec; 4761 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec; 4762 4763 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) 4764 return -1; 4765 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) 4766 return 1; 4767 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id) 4768 return -1; 4769 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id) 4770 return 1; 4771 4772 return 0; 4773 } 4774 4775 #define IS_TBSS(s) \ 4776 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 4777 4778 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \ 4779 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s)) 4780 4781 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated 4782 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output 4783 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory 4784 region has overflowed. */ 4785 4786 static void 4787 lang_check_section_addresses (void) 4788 { 4789 asection *s, *p; 4790 struct check_sec *sections; 4791 size_t i, count; 4792 bfd_vma addr_mask; 4793 bfd_vma s_start; 4794 bfd_vma s_end; 4795 bfd_vma p_start = 0; 4796 bfd_vma p_end = 0; 4797 lang_memory_region_type *m; 4798 bfd_boolean overlays; 4799 4800 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */ 4801 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 4802 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1; 4803 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1; 4804 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 4805 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 4806 { 4807 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask; 4808 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask)) 4809 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"), 4810 s->name); 4811 else 4812 { 4813 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask; 4814 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask)) 4815 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"), 4816 s->name); 4817 } 4818 } 4819 4820 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1) 4821 return; 4822 4823 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd); 4824 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count); 4825 4826 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */ 4827 count = 0; 4828 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 4829 { 4830 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s) 4831 || s->size == 0) 4832 continue; 4833 4834 sections[count].sec = s; 4835 sections[count].warned = FALSE; 4836 count++; 4837 } 4838 4839 if (count <= 1) 4840 { 4841 free (sections); 4842 return; 4843 } 4844 4845 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma); 4846 4847 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on 4848 loadable sections, even with overlays. */ 4849 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++) 4850 { 4851 s = sections[i].sec; 4852 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 4853 { 4854 s_start = s->lma; 4855 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1; 4856 4857 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so 4858 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious 4859 case of overlap when the current section starts before 4860 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the 4861 previous section wraps around the address space. */ 4862 if (p != NULL 4863 && (s_start <= p_end 4864 || p_end < p_start)) 4865 { 4866 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]" 4867 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"), 4868 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end); 4869 sections[i].warned = TRUE; 4870 } 4871 p = s; 4872 p_start = s_start; 4873 p_end = s_end; 4874 } 4875 } 4876 4877 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at 4878 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have 4879 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have 4880 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays 4881 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */ 4882 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma); 4883 overlays = FALSE; 4884 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma; 4885 for (i = 1; i < count; i++) 4886 { 4887 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma; 4888 if (p_start == s_start) 4889 { 4890 overlays = TRUE; 4891 break; 4892 } 4893 p_start = s_start; 4894 } 4895 4896 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */ 4897 if (!overlays) 4898 { 4899 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++) 4900 { 4901 s = sections[i].sec; 4902 s_start = s->vma; 4903 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1; 4904 4905 if (p != NULL 4906 && !sections[i].warned 4907 && (s_start <= p_end 4908 || p_end < p_start)) 4909 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]" 4910 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"), 4911 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end); 4912 p = s; 4913 p_start = s_start; 4914 p_end = s_end; 4915 } 4916 } 4917 4918 free (sections); 4919 4920 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much. 4921 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections 4922 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's 4923 diagnostics are adequate for that case. 4924 4925 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length) 4926 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print 4927 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */ 4928 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next) 4929 if (m->had_full_message) 4930 { 4931 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length); 4932 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n", 4933 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n", 4934 over), 4935 m->name_list.name, over); 4936 } 4937 } 4938 4939 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the 4940 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is 4941 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the 4942 calculation wraps around. */ 4943 4944 static void 4945 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os, 4946 lang_memory_region_type *region, 4947 etree_type *tree, 4948 bfd_vma rbase) 4949 { 4950 if ((region->current < region->origin 4951 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length)) 4952 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length) 4953 || rbase == 0)) 4954 { 4955 if (tree != NULL) 4956 { 4957 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section `%s'" 4958 " is not within region `%s'\n"), 4959 region->current, 4960 os->bfd_section->owner, 4961 os->bfd_section->name, 4962 region->name_list.name); 4963 } 4964 else if (!region->had_full_message) 4965 { 4966 region->had_full_message = TRUE; 4967 4968 einfo (_("%X%P: %B section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"), 4969 os->bfd_section->owner, 4970 os->bfd_section->name, 4971 region->name_list.name); 4972 } 4973 } 4974 } 4975 4976 static void 4977 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s, 4978 seg_align_type *seg) 4979 { 4980 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start) 4981 { 4982 if (!seg->relro_start_stat) 4983 seg->relro_start_stat = s; 4984 else 4985 { 4986 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s); 4987 } 4988 } 4989 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end) 4990 { 4991 if (!seg->relro_end_stat) 4992 seg->relro_end_stat = s; 4993 else 4994 { 4995 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s); 4996 } 4997 } 4998 } 4999 5000 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */ 5001 5002 static bfd_vma 5003 lang_size_sections_1 5004 (lang_statement_union_type **prev, 5005 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement, 5006 fill_type *fill, 5007 bfd_vma dot, 5008 bfd_boolean *relax, 5009 bfd_boolean check_regions) 5010 { 5011 lang_statement_union_type *s; 5012 5013 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */ 5014 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next) 5015 { 5016 switch (s->header.type) 5017 { 5018 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 5019 { 5020 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta; 5021 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 5022 lang_memory_region_type *r; 5023 int section_alignment = 0; 5024 5025 os = &s->output_section_statement; 5026 if (os->constraint == -1) 5027 break; 5028 5029 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r 5030 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts. 5031 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */ 5032 if (os->addr_tree == NULL 5033 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 5034 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) 5035 == bfd_target_coff_flavour)) 5036 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0); 5037 if (os->addr_tree != NULL) 5038 { 5039 os->processed_vma = FALSE; 5040 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot); 5041 5042 if (expld.result.valid_p) 5043 { 5044 dot = expld.result.value; 5045 if (expld.result.section != NULL) 5046 dot += expld.result.section->vma; 5047 } 5048 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum) 5049 einfo (_("%F%S: non constant or forward reference" 5050 " address expression for section %s\n"), 5051 os->addr_tree, os->name); 5052 } 5053 5054 if (os->bfd_section == NULL) 5055 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */ 5056 break; 5057 5058 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and 5059 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF 5060 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way 5061 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */ 5062 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) 5063 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour) 5064 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) 5065 == bfd_target_coff_flavour)) 5066 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0) 5067 { 5068 asection *input; 5069 5070 if (os->children.head == NULL 5071 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL 5072 || (os->children.head->header.type 5073 != lang_input_section_enum)) 5074 einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library" 5075 " section %s\n"), os->name); 5076 5077 input = os->children.head->input_section.section; 5078 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner, 5079 os->bfd_section, 5080 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input)); 5081 os->bfd_section->size = input->size; 5082 break; 5083 } 5084 5085 newdot = dot; 5086 dotdelta = 0; 5087 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section)) 5088 { 5089 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */ 5090 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0); 5091 } 5092 else 5093 { 5094 if (os->addr_tree == NULL) 5095 { 5096 /* No address specified for this section, get one 5097 from the region specification. */ 5098 if (os->region == NULL 5099 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) 5100 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*' 5101 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name, 5102 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)) 5103 { 5104 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section); 5105 } 5106 5107 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory 5108 region, and some non default memory regions were 5109 defined, issue an error message. */ 5110 if (!os->ignored 5111 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section) 5112 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 5113 && check_regions 5114 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name, 5115 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0 5116 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL 5117 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name, 5118 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0 5119 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL) 5120 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum) 5121 { 5122 /* By default this is an error rather than just a 5123 warning because if we allocate the section to the 5124 default memory region we can end up creating an 5125 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when 5126 attempting to perform a negative seek. See 5127 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html 5128 for an example of this. This behaviour can be 5129 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections 5130 switch. */ 5131 if (command_line.check_section_addresses) 5132 einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified" 5133 " for loadable section `%s'\n"), 5134 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd, 5135 os->bfd_section)); 5136 else 5137 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified" 5138 " for loadable section `%s'\n"), 5139 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd, 5140 os->bfd_section)); 5141 } 5142 5143 newdot = os->region->current; 5144 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power; 5145 } 5146 else 5147 section_alignment = os->section_alignment; 5148 5149 /* Align to what the section needs. */ 5150 if (section_alignment > 0) 5151 { 5152 bfd_vma savedot = newdot; 5153 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment); 5154 5155 dotdelta = newdot - savedot; 5156 if (dotdelta != 0 5157 && (config.warn_section_align 5158 || os->addr_tree != NULL) 5159 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum) 5160 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of " 5161 "section %s by %lu byte\n", 5162 "%P: warning: changing start of " 5163 "section %s by %lu bytes\n", 5164 (unsigned long) dotdelta), 5165 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta); 5166 } 5167 5168 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot); 5169 5170 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0; 5171 } 5172 5173 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os, 5174 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions); 5175 5176 os->processed_vma = TRUE; 5177 5178 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored) 5179 /* Except for some special linker created sections, 5180 no output section should change from zero size 5181 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero 5182 size on an ignored section indicates that some 5183 input section was not sized early enough. */ 5184 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0); 5185 else 5186 { 5187 dot = os->bfd_section->vma; 5188 5189 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or 5190 align at the block boundary. */ 5191 after = ((dot 5192 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) 5193 + os->block_value - 1) 5194 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value); 5195 5196 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after - os->bfd_section->vma); 5197 } 5198 5199 /* Set section lma. */ 5200 r = os->region; 5201 if (r == NULL) 5202 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE); 5203 5204 if (os->load_base) 5205 { 5206 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base"); 5207 os->bfd_section->lma = lma; 5208 } 5209 else if (os->lma_region != NULL) 5210 { 5211 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current; 5212 5213 if (os->align_lma_with_input) 5214 lma += dotdelta; 5215 else 5216 { 5217 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA 5218 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment 5219 from the bfd section. If a different region, then 5220 only align according to the value in the output 5221 statement. */ 5222 if (os->lma_region != os->region) 5223 section_alignment = os->section_alignment; 5224 if (section_alignment > 0) 5225 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment); 5226 } 5227 os->bfd_section->lma = lma; 5228 } 5229 else if (r->last_os != NULL 5230 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 5231 { 5232 bfd_vma lma; 5233 asection *last; 5234 5235 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section; 5236 5237 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by 5238 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie. 5239 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can 5240 create overlapping LMAs. */ 5241 if (dot < last->vma 5242 && os->bfd_section->size != 0 5243 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma) 5244 { 5245 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to 5246 vma. This is the old default lma, which might 5247 just happen to work when the backwards move is 5248 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything, 5249 so people can fix their linker scripts. */ 5250 5251 if (last->vma != last->lma) 5252 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards " 5253 "before `%s'\n"), os->name); 5254 } 5255 else 5256 { 5257 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that 5258 at the end of the previous section. */ 5259 if (os->sectype == overlay_section) 5260 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size); 5261 5262 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship 5263 as the previous section. */ 5264 else 5265 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma; 5266 5267 if (section_alignment > 0) 5268 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment); 5269 os->bfd_section->lma = lma; 5270 } 5271 } 5272 os->processed_lma = TRUE; 5273 5274 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default 5275 lma region. We use this to set the lma for 5276 following sections. Overlays or other linker 5277 script assignment to lma might mean that the 5278 default lma == vma is incorrect. 5279 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using 5280 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one 5281 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma. 5282 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we 5283 track changes for the case where the section size is zero, 5284 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is 5285 important, if an orphan section is placed after an 5286 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma 5287 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */ 5288 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section) 5289 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0 5290 || (r->last_os == NULL 5291 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma) 5292 || (r->last_os != NULL 5293 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement 5294 .bfd_section->vma))) 5295 && os->lma_region == NULL 5296 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)) 5297 r->last_os = s; 5298 5299 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored) 5300 break; 5301 5302 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ 5303 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section) 5304 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)) 5305 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size); 5306 else 5307 dotdelta = 0; 5308 dot += dotdelta; 5309 5310 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0) 5311 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot); 5312 5313 /* Update dot in the region ? 5314 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated, 5315 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's 5316 overall size in memory. */ 5317 if (os->region != NULL 5318 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))) 5319 { 5320 os->region->current = dot; 5321 5322 if (check_regions) 5323 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */ 5324 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree, 5325 os->bfd_section->vma); 5326 5327 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region 5328 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) 5329 || os->align_lma_with_input)) 5330 { 5331 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta; 5332 5333 if (check_regions) 5334 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL, 5335 os->bfd_section->lma); 5336 } 5337 } 5338 } 5339 break; 5340 5341 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 5342 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head, 5343 output_section_statement, 5344 fill, dot, relax, check_regions); 5345 break; 5346 5347 case lang_data_statement_enum: 5348 { 5349 unsigned int size = 0; 5350 5351 s->data_statement.output_offset = 5352 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma; 5353 s->data_statement.output_section = 5354 output_section_statement->bfd_section; 5355 5356 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and 5357 need to mark them as needed. */ 5358 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot); 5359 5360 switch (s->data_statement.type) 5361 { 5362 default: 5363 abort (); 5364 case QUAD: 5365 case SQUAD: 5366 size = QUAD_SIZE; 5367 break; 5368 case LONG: 5369 size = LONG_SIZE; 5370 break; 5371 case SHORT: 5372 size = SHORT_SIZE; 5373 break; 5374 case BYTE: 5375 size = BYTE_SIZE; 5376 break; 5377 } 5378 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1)) 5379 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1); 5380 dot += TO_ADDR (size); 5381 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size 5382 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma); 5383 5384 } 5385 break; 5386 5387 case lang_reloc_statement_enum: 5388 { 5389 int size; 5390 5391 s->reloc_statement.output_offset = 5392 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma; 5393 s->reloc_statement.output_section = 5394 output_section_statement->bfd_section; 5395 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto); 5396 dot += TO_ADDR (size); 5397 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size 5398 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma); 5399 } 5400 break; 5401 5402 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 5403 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head, 5404 output_section_statement, 5405 fill, dot, relax, check_regions); 5406 break; 5407 5408 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum: 5409 link_info.create_object_symbols_section = 5410 output_section_statement->bfd_section; 5411 break; 5412 5413 case lang_output_statement_enum: 5414 case lang_target_statement_enum: 5415 break; 5416 5417 case lang_input_section_enum: 5418 { 5419 asection *i; 5420 5421 i = s->input_section.section; 5422 if (relax) 5423 { 5424 bfd_boolean again; 5425 5426 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again)) 5427 einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n")); 5428 if (again) 5429 *relax = TRUE; 5430 } 5431 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement, 5432 fill, dot); 5433 } 5434 break; 5435 5436 case lang_input_statement_enum: 5437 break; 5438 5439 case lang_fill_statement_enum: 5440 s->fill_statement.output_section = 5441 output_section_statement->bfd_section; 5442 5443 fill = s->fill_statement.fill; 5444 break; 5445 5446 case lang_assignment_statement_enum: 5447 { 5448 bfd_vma newdot = dot; 5449 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp; 5450 5451 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none; 5452 5453 exp_fold_tree (tree, 5454 output_section_statement->bfd_section, 5455 &newdot); 5456 5457 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg); 5458 5459 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none; 5460 5461 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */ 5462 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided 5463 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign) 5464 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.' 5465 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0')) 5466 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1; 5467 5468 if (!output_section_statement->ignored) 5469 { 5470 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section) 5471 { 5472 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust 5473 the default memory address. */ 5474 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, 5475 FALSE)->current = newdot; 5476 } 5477 else if (newdot != dot) 5478 { 5479 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't 5480 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the 5481 assignment references dot. */ 5482 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot), 5483 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot); 5484 5485 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */ 5486 s = s->header.next; 5487 5488 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section 5489 should have space allocated to it, unless the 5490 user has explicitly stated that the section 5491 should not be allocated. */ 5492 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section 5493 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section 5494 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) 5495 == bfd_target_elf_flavour))) 5496 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; 5497 } 5498 dot = newdot; 5499 } 5500 } 5501 break; 5502 5503 case lang_padding_statement_enum: 5504 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called, 5505 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the 5506 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow 5507 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it 5508 will be added back in. */ 5509 s->padding_statement.size = 0; 5510 5511 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks 5512 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to 5513 have output_offset larger than the final size of the 5514 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for 5515 a pad size of zero. */ 5516 s->padding_statement.output_offset 5517 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma; 5518 break; 5519 5520 case lang_group_statement_enum: 5521 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head, 5522 output_section_statement, 5523 fill, dot, relax, check_regions); 5524 break; 5525 5526 case lang_insert_statement_enum: 5527 break; 5528 5529 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */ 5530 case lang_address_statement_enum: 5531 break; 5532 5533 default: 5534 FAIL (); 5535 break; 5536 } 5537 prev = &s->header.next; 5538 } 5539 return dot; 5540 } 5541 5542 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments. 5543 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that 5544 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different 5545 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */ 5546 5547 bfd_boolean 5548 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 5549 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 5550 asection *current_section, 5551 asection *previous_section, 5552 bfd_boolean new_segment) 5553 { 5554 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur; 5555 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev; 5556 5557 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided 5558 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */ 5559 if (new_segment) 5560 return TRUE; 5561 5562 /* Paranoia checks. */ 5563 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL) 5564 return new_segment; 5565 5566 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code 5567 sections comingled in the same segment. */ 5568 if (config.separate_code 5569 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE)) 5570 return TRUE; 5571 5572 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections. 5573 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list 5574 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if 5575 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */ 5576 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name); 5577 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name); 5578 5579 /* More paranoia. */ 5580 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL) 5581 return new_segment; 5582 5583 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in 5584 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following 5585 URL for the reasons why this is necessary: 5586 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */ 5587 return cur->region != prev->region; 5588 } 5589 5590 void 5591 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions) 5592 { 5593 lang_statement_iteration++; 5594 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section, 5595 0, 0, relax, check_regions); 5596 } 5597 5598 static bfd_boolean 5599 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg) 5600 { 5601 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether 5602 a page could be saved in the data segment. */ 5603 bfd_vma first, last; 5604 5605 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1); 5606 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1); 5607 if (first && last 5608 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)) 5609 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))) 5610 && first + last <= seg->pagesize) 5611 { 5612 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust; 5613 return TRUE; 5614 } 5615 5616 seg->phase = exp_seg_done; 5617 return FALSE; 5618 } 5619 5620 static bfd_vma 5621 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg) 5622 { 5623 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end; 5624 asection *sec; 5625 5626 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */ 5627 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1) 5628 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)); 5629 5630 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */ 5631 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset; 5632 5633 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */ 5634 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev) 5635 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 5636 && sec->vma >= seg->base 5637 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset) 5638 { 5639 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as 5640 desired? */ 5641 bfd_vma start, end, bump; 5642 5643 end = start = sec->vma; 5644 if (!IS_TBSS (sec)) 5645 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size); 5646 bump = desired_end - end; 5647 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed 5648 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */ 5649 start += bump; 5650 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1); 5651 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */ 5652 desired_end = start; 5653 } 5654 5655 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust; 5656 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base); 5657 seg->base = desired_end; 5658 return relro_end; 5659 } 5660 5661 static bfd_boolean 5662 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions) 5663 { 5664 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE; 5665 bfd_boolean do_data_relro; 5666 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end; 5667 5668 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end) 5669 { 5670 do_data_relro = TRUE; 5671 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base; 5672 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg); 5673 } 5674 else 5675 { 5676 do_data_relro = FALSE; 5677 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0; 5678 } 5679 5680 if (do_data_relro) 5681 { 5682 lang_reset_memory_regions (); 5683 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions); 5684 5685 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user 5686 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */ 5687 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end) 5688 { 5689 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;; 5690 do_reset = TRUE; 5691 } 5692 } 5693 5694 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg)) 5695 do_reset = TRUE; 5696 5697 return do_reset; 5698 } 5699 5700 void 5701 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions) 5702 { 5703 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum; 5704 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none; 5705 5706 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions); 5707 5708 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen) 5709 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done; 5710 5711 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen) 5712 { 5713 bfd_boolean do_reset 5714 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions); 5715 5716 if (do_reset) 5717 { 5718 lang_reset_memory_regions (); 5719 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions); 5720 } 5721 5722 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end) 5723 { 5724 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base; 5725 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end; 5726 } 5727 } 5728 } 5729 5730 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section; 5731 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign; 5732 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section; 5733 5734 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */ 5735 5736 static bfd_vma 5737 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s, 5738 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os, 5739 fill_type *fill, 5740 bfd_vma dot, 5741 bfd_boolean *found_end) 5742 { 5743 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next) 5744 { 5745 switch (s->header.type) 5746 { 5747 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 5748 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head, 5749 current_os, fill, dot, found_end); 5750 break; 5751 5752 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 5753 { 5754 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 5755 bfd_vma newdot; 5756 5757 os = &(s->output_section_statement); 5758 os->after_end = *found_end; 5759 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored) 5760 { 5761 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 5762 { 5763 current_section = os; 5764 prefer_next_section = FALSE; 5765 } 5766 dot = os->bfd_section->vma; 5767 } 5768 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head, 5769 os, os->fill, dot, found_end); 5770 if (!os->ignored) 5771 { 5772 if (os->bfd_section != NULL) 5773 { 5774 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ 5775 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section) 5776 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)) 5777 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size); 5778 5779 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL) 5780 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, 5781 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot); 5782 } 5783 else 5784 dot = newdot; 5785 } 5786 } 5787 break; 5788 5789 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 5790 5791 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head, 5792 current_os, fill, dot, found_end); 5793 break; 5794 5795 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum: 5796 case lang_output_statement_enum: 5797 case lang_target_statement_enum: 5798 break; 5799 5800 case lang_data_statement_enum: 5801 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot); 5802 if (expld.result.valid_p) 5803 { 5804 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value; 5805 if (expld.result.section != NULL) 5806 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma; 5807 } 5808 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum) 5809 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n")); 5810 { 5811 unsigned int size; 5812 switch (s->data_statement.type) 5813 { 5814 default: 5815 abort (); 5816 case QUAD: 5817 case SQUAD: 5818 size = QUAD_SIZE; 5819 break; 5820 case LONG: 5821 size = LONG_SIZE; 5822 break; 5823 case SHORT: 5824 size = SHORT_SIZE; 5825 break; 5826 case BYTE: 5827 size = BYTE_SIZE; 5828 break; 5829 } 5830 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1)) 5831 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1); 5832 dot += TO_ADDR (size); 5833 } 5834 break; 5835 5836 case lang_reloc_statement_enum: 5837 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp, 5838 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot); 5839 if (expld.result.valid_p) 5840 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value; 5841 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum) 5842 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n")); 5843 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto)); 5844 break; 5845 5846 case lang_input_section_enum: 5847 { 5848 asection *in = s->input_section.section; 5849 5850 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0) 5851 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size); 5852 } 5853 break; 5854 5855 case lang_input_statement_enum: 5856 break; 5857 5858 case lang_fill_statement_enum: 5859 fill = s->fill_statement.fill; 5860 break; 5861 5862 case lang_assignment_statement_enum: 5863 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement; 5864 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert) 5865 { 5866 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst; 5867 5868 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0) 5869 prefer_next_section = TRUE; 5870 5871 while (*p == '_') 5872 ++p; 5873 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0) 5874 *found_end = TRUE; 5875 } 5876 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp, 5877 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL 5878 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr), 5879 &dot); 5880 break; 5881 5882 case lang_padding_statement_enum: 5883 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size); 5884 break; 5885 5886 case lang_group_statement_enum: 5887 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head, 5888 current_os, fill, dot, found_end); 5889 break; 5890 5891 case lang_insert_statement_enum: 5892 break; 5893 5894 case lang_address_statement_enum: 5895 break; 5896 5897 default: 5898 FAIL (); 5899 break; 5900 } 5901 } 5902 return dot; 5903 } 5904 5905 void 5906 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase) 5907 { 5908 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE; 5909 5910 current_section = NULL; 5911 prefer_next_section = FALSE; 5912 expld.phase = phase; 5913 lang_statement_iteration++; 5914 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head, 5915 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end); 5916 } 5917 5918 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement, 5919 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values 5920 of "dot". */ 5921 5922 asection * 5923 section_for_dot (void) 5924 { 5925 asection *s; 5926 5927 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there 5928 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following 5929 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption 5930 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the 5931 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end" 5932 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is 5933 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other 5934 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */ 5935 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section) 5936 { 5937 lang_statement_union_type *stmt; 5938 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 5939 5940 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign; 5941 stmt != NULL; 5942 stmt = stmt->header.next) 5943 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum) 5944 break; 5945 5946 os = &stmt->output_section_statement; 5947 while (os != NULL 5948 && !os->after_end 5949 && (os->bfd_section == NULL 5950 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0 5951 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, 5952 os->bfd_section))) 5953 os = os->next; 5954 5955 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end) 5956 { 5957 if (os != NULL) 5958 s = os->bfd_section; 5959 else 5960 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; 5961 while (s != NULL 5962 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 5963 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)) 5964 s = s->prev; 5965 if (s != NULL) 5966 return s; 5967 5968 return bfd_abs_section_ptr; 5969 } 5970 } 5971 5972 s = current_section->bfd_section; 5973 5974 /* The section may have been stripped. */ 5975 while (s != NULL 5976 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0 5977 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 5978 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0 5979 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s))) 5980 s = s->prev; 5981 if (s == NULL) 5982 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; 5983 while (s != NULL 5984 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 5985 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)) 5986 s = s->next; 5987 if (s != NULL) 5988 return s; 5989 5990 return bfd_abs_section_ptr; 5991 } 5992 5993 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */ 5994 5995 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms; 5996 static size_t start_stop_count = 0; 5997 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0; 5998 5999 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it 6000 to start_stop_syms. */ 6001 6002 static void 6003 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec) 6004 { 6005 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; 6006 6007 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec); 6008 if (h != NULL) 6009 { 6010 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc) 6011 { 6012 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10; 6013 start_stop_syms 6014 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms, 6015 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms)); 6016 } 6017 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h; 6018 } 6019 } 6020 6021 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to 6022 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols 6023 preliminary definitions. */ 6024 6025 static void 6026 lang_init_start_stop (void) 6027 { 6028 bfd *abfd; 6029 asection *s; 6030 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd); 6031 6032 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next) 6033 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 6034 { 6035 const char *ps; 6036 const char *secname = s->name; 6037 6038 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++) 6039 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_') 6040 break; 6041 if (*ps == '\0') 6042 { 6043 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname)); 6044 6045 symbol[0] = leading_char; 6046 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname); 6047 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s); 6048 6049 symbol[1] = leading_char; 6050 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6); 6051 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s); 6052 6053 free (symbol); 6054 } 6055 } 6056 } 6057 6058 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */ 6059 6060 static void 6061 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *)) 6062 { 6063 size_t i; 6064 6065 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i) 6066 func (start_stop_syms[i]); 6067 } 6068 6069 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the 6070 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that 6071 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were 6072 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output 6073 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */ 6074 6075 static void 6076 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h) 6077 { 6078 if (h->ldscript_def) 6079 return; 6080 6081 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL 6082 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd 6083 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, 6084 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0) 6085 { 6086 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined; 6087 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL; 6088 } 6089 } 6090 6091 static void 6092 lang_undef_start_stop (void) 6093 { 6094 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop); 6095 } 6096 6097 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to 6098 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols 6099 preliminary definitions. */ 6100 6101 static void 6102 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void) 6103 { 6104 asection *s; 6105 6106 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 6107 { 6108 const char *secname = s->name; 6109 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname)); 6110 6111 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname); 6112 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s); 6113 6114 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5); 6115 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s); 6116 free (symbol); 6117 } 6118 } 6119 6120 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */ 6121 6122 static void 6123 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h) 6124 { 6125 if (h->ldscript_def 6126 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined) 6127 return; 6128 6129 if (h->root.string[0] == '.') 6130 { 6131 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. 6132 .startof. already has final value. */ 6133 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i') 6134 { 6135 /* .sizeof. */ 6136 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size); 6137 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6138 } 6139 } 6140 else 6141 { 6142 /* __start or __stop symbol. */ 6143 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0; 6144 6145 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section; 6146 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o') 6147 { 6148 /* __stop_ */ 6149 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size); 6150 } 6151 } 6152 } 6153 6154 static void 6155 lang_finalize_start_stop (void) 6156 { 6157 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop); 6158 } 6159 6160 static void 6161 lang_end (void) 6162 { 6163 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; 6164 bfd_boolean warn; 6165 6166 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections) 6167 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info)) 6168 warn = entry_from_cmdline; 6169 else 6170 warn = TRUE; 6171 6172 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with 6173 --gc-sections. */ 6174 if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 6175 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline)) 6176 einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or " 6177 "an undefined symbol\n")); 6178 6179 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL) 6180 { 6181 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but 6182 don't warn if we don't find it. */ 6183 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default; 6184 warn = FALSE; 6185 } 6186 6187 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name, 6188 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 6189 if (h != NULL 6190 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined 6191 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 6192 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL) 6193 { 6194 bfd_vma val; 6195 6196 val = (h->u.def.value 6197 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, 6198 h->u.def.section->output_section) 6199 + h->u.def.section->output_offset); 6200 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val)) 6201 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name); 6202 } 6203 else 6204 { 6205 bfd_vma val; 6206 const char *send; 6207 6208 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a 6209 number. */ 6210 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0); 6211 if (*send == '\0') 6212 { 6213 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val)) 6214 einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n")); 6215 } 6216 else 6217 { 6218 asection *ts; 6219 6220 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use 6221 the first address in the text section. */ 6222 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section); 6223 if (ts != NULL) 6224 { 6225 if (warn) 6226 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;" 6227 " defaulting to %V\n"), 6228 entry_symbol.name, 6229 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts)); 6230 if (!(bfd_set_start_address 6231 (link_info.output_bfd, 6232 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts)))) 6233 einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n")); 6234 } 6235 else 6236 { 6237 if (warn) 6238 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;" 6239 " not setting start address\n"), 6240 entry_symbol.name); 6241 } 6242 } 6243 } 6244 } 6245 6246 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from 6247 BFD. */ 6248 6249 static void 6250 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6251 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6252 { 6253 /* Don't do anything. */ 6254 } 6255 6256 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible 6257 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any 6258 other checking that is needed. */ 6259 6260 static void 6261 lang_check (void) 6262 { 6263 lang_statement_union_type *file; 6264 bfd *input_bfd; 6265 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible; 6266 6267 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next) 6268 { 6269 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS 6270 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */ 6271 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed) 6272 continue; 6273 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */ 6274 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd; 6275 compatible 6276 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd, 6277 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch); 6278 6279 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable 6280 link between differing object formats when the input 6281 file has relocations, because the relocations in the 6282 input format may not have equivalent representations in 6283 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate 6284 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */ 6285 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 6286 || link_info.emitrelocations) 6287 && (compatible == NULL 6288 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) 6289 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd))) 6290 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0) 6291 { 6292 einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from" 6293 " format %s (%B) to format %s (%B) is not supported\n"), 6294 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd, 6295 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd); 6296 /* einfo with %F exits. */ 6297 } 6298 6299 if (compatible == NULL) 6300 { 6301 if (command_line.warn_mismatch) 6302 einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%B'" 6303 " is incompatible with %s output\n"), 6304 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd, 6305 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd)); 6306 } 6307 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd)) 6308 { 6309 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the 6310 private data of the output bfd. */ 6311 6312 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL; 6313 6314 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input 6315 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a 6316 function which will do nothing. We still want to call 6317 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up 6318 information which is needed in the output file. */ 6319 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch) 6320 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors); 6321 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info)) 6322 { 6323 if (command_line.warn_mismatch) 6324 einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data" 6325 " of file %B\n"), input_bfd); 6326 } 6327 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch) 6328 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn); 6329 } 6330 } 6331 } 6332 6333 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the 6334 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used 6335 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */ 6336 6337 static void 6338 lang_common (void) 6339 { 6340 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition) 6341 return; 6342 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 6343 && !command_line.force_common_definition) 6344 return; 6345 6346 if (!config.sort_common) 6347 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL); 6348 else 6349 { 6350 unsigned int power; 6351 6352 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending) 6353 { 6354 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--) 6355 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power); 6356 6357 power = 0; 6358 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power); 6359 } 6360 else 6361 { 6362 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++) 6363 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power); 6364 6365 power = (unsigned int) -1; 6366 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power); 6367 } 6368 } 6369 } 6370 6371 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */ 6372 6373 static bfd_boolean 6374 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info) 6375 { 6376 unsigned int power_of_two; 6377 bfd_vma size; 6378 asection *section; 6379 6380 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common) 6381 return TRUE; 6382 6383 size = h->u.c.size; 6384 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power; 6385 6386 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending 6387 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info) 6388 return TRUE; 6389 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending 6390 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info) 6391 return TRUE; 6392 6393 section = h->u.c.p->section; 6394 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h)) 6395 einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%T': %E\n"), 6396 h->root.string); 6397 6398 if (config.map_file != NULL) 6399 { 6400 static bfd_boolean header_printed; 6401 int len; 6402 char *name; 6403 char buf[50]; 6404 6405 if (!header_printed) 6406 { 6407 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n")); 6408 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n")); 6409 header_printed = TRUE; 6410 } 6411 6412 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string, 6413 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS); 6414 if (name == NULL) 6415 { 6416 minfo ("%s", h->root.string); 6417 len = strlen (h->root.string); 6418 } 6419 else 6420 { 6421 minfo ("%s", name); 6422 len = strlen (name); 6423 free (name); 6424 } 6425 6426 if (len >= 19) 6427 { 6428 print_nl (); 6429 len = 0; 6430 } 6431 while (len < 20) 6432 { 6433 print_space (); 6434 ++len; 6435 } 6436 6437 minfo ("0x"); 6438 if (size <= 0xffffffff) 6439 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size); 6440 else 6441 sprintf_vma (buf, size); 6442 minfo ("%s", buf); 6443 len = strlen (buf); 6444 6445 while (len < 16) 6446 { 6447 print_space (); 6448 ++len; 6449 } 6450 6451 minfo ("%B\n", section->owner); 6452 } 6453 6454 return TRUE; 6455 } 6456 6457 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate 6458 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line 6459 option are handled here. */ 6460 6461 static void 6462 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s) 6463 { 6464 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard) 6465 { 6466 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 6467 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0, 6468 TRUE); 6469 if (os->addr_tree == NULL 6470 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 6471 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)) 6472 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0); 6473 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os); 6474 } 6475 else 6476 { 6477 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 6478 const char *name = s->name; 6479 int constraint = 0; 6480 6481 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error) 6482 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%A' from `%B'.\n"), 6483 s, s->owner); 6484 6485 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL)) 6486 constraint = SPECIAL; 6487 6488 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint); 6489 if (os == NULL) 6490 { 6491 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE); 6492 if (os->addr_tree == NULL 6493 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 6494 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)) 6495 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0); 6496 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os); 6497 } 6498 6499 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn) 6500 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%A' from `%B' being " 6501 "placed in section `%s'.\n"), 6502 s, s->owner, os->name); 6503 } 6504 } 6505 6506 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has 6507 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create 6508 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */ 6509 6510 static void 6511 lang_place_orphans (void) 6512 { 6513 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file) 6514 { 6515 asection *s; 6516 6517 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 6518 { 6519 if (s->output_section == NULL) 6520 { 6521 /* This section of the file is not attached, root 6522 around for a sensible place for it to go. */ 6523 6524 if (file->flags.just_syms) 6525 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info); 6526 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s)) 6527 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6528 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0) 6529 { 6530 /* This is a lonely common section which must have 6531 come from an archive. We attach to the section 6532 with the wildcard. */ 6533 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) 6534 || command_line.force_common_definition) 6535 { 6536 if (default_common_section == NULL) 6537 default_common_section 6538 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0, 6539 TRUE); 6540 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s, 6541 NULL, default_common_section); 6542 } 6543 } 6544 else 6545 ldlang_place_orphan (s); 6546 } 6547 } 6548 } 6549 } 6550 6551 void 6552 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert) 6553 { 6554 flagword *ptr_flags; 6555 6556 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags; 6557 6558 while (*flags) 6559 { 6560 switch (*flags) 6561 { 6562 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses 6563 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */ 6564 case '!': 6565 invert = !invert; 6566 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags; 6567 break; 6568 6569 case 'A': case 'a': 6570 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC; 6571 break; 6572 6573 case 'R': case 'r': 6574 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY; 6575 break; 6576 6577 case 'W': case 'w': 6578 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA; 6579 break; 6580 6581 case 'X': case 'x': 6582 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE; 6583 break; 6584 6585 case 'L': case 'l': 6586 case 'I': case 'i': 6587 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD; 6588 break; 6589 6590 default: 6591 einfo (_("%P%F: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"), 6592 *flags, *flags); 6593 break; 6594 } 6595 flags++; 6596 } 6597 } 6598 6599 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called 6600 on an archive, but not on the elements. */ 6601 6602 void 6603 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *)) 6604 { 6605 lang_input_statement_type *f; 6606 6607 for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head; 6608 f != NULL; 6609 f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next_real_file) 6610 func (f); 6611 } 6612 6613 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all 6614 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will 6615 not be called on the archive file itself. */ 6616 6617 void 6618 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *)) 6619 { 6620 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f) 6621 { 6622 func (f); 6623 } 6624 } 6625 6626 void 6627 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry) 6628 { 6629 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, 6630 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry, 6631 &entry->next); 6632 6633 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in 6634 a link. */ 6635 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL); 6636 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd); 6637 6638 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd; 6639 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next; 6640 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry; 6641 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value); 6642 6643 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be 6644 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can 6645 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple 6646 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't 6647 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore 6648 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be 6649 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for 6650 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do 6651 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */ 6652 6653 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry); 6654 } 6655 6656 void 6657 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script) 6658 { 6659 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */ 6660 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script) 6661 { 6662 output_filename = name; 6663 had_output_filename = TRUE; 6664 } 6665 } 6666 6667 static int 6668 topower (int x) 6669 { 6670 unsigned int i = 1; 6671 int l; 6672 6673 if (x < 0) 6674 return -1; 6675 6676 for (l = 0; l < 32; l++) 6677 { 6678 if (i >= (unsigned int) x) 6679 return l; 6680 i <<= 1; 6681 } 6682 6683 return 0; 6684 } 6685 6686 lang_output_section_statement_type * 6687 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name, 6688 etree_type *address_exp, 6689 enum section_type sectype, 6690 etree_type *align, 6691 etree_type *subalign, 6692 etree_type *ebase, 6693 int constraint, 6694 int align_with_input) 6695 { 6696 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 6697 6698 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name, 6699 constraint, TRUE); 6700 current_section = os; 6701 6702 if (os->addr_tree == NULL) 6703 { 6704 os->addr_tree = address_exp; 6705 } 6706 os->sectype = sectype; 6707 if (sectype != noload_section) 6708 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; 6709 else 6710 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD; 6711 os->block_value = 1; 6712 6713 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */ 6714 push_stat_ptr (&os->children); 6715 6716 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT; 6717 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL) 6718 einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"), 6719 NULL); 6720 6721 os->subsection_alignment = 6722 topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment")); 6723 os->section_alignment = 6724 topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment")); 6725 6726 os->load_base = ebase; 6727 return os; 6728 } 6729 6730 void 6731 lang_final (void) 6732 { 6733 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt; 6734 6735 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr); 6736 new_stmt->name = output_filename; 6737 } 6738 6739 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */ 6740 6741 void 6742 lang_reset_memory_regions (void) 6743 { 6744 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list; 6745 asection *o; 6746 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 6747 6748 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next) 6749 { 6750 p->current = p->origin; 6751 p->last_os = NULL; 6752 } 6753 6754 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement; 6755 os != NULL; 6756 os = os->next) 6757 { 6758 os->processed_vma = FALSE; 6759 os->processed_lma = FALSE; 6760 } 6761 6762 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 6763 { 6764 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */ 6765 o->rawsize = o->size; 6766 o->size = 0; 6767 } 6768 } 6769 6770 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */ 6771 6772 static void 6773 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr, 6774 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6775 asection *section, 6776 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6777 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6778 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6779 { 6780 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections 6781 should be as well. */ 6782 if (ptr->keep_sections) 6783 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 6784 } 6785 6786 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */ 6787 6788 static void 6789 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s) 6790 { 6791 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next) 6792 { 6793 switch (s->header.type) 6794 { 6795 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 6796 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL); 6797 break; 6798 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 6799 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head); 6800 break; 6801 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 6802 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head); 6803 break; 6804 case lang_group_statement_enum: 6805 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head); 6806 break; 6807 default: 6808 break; 6809 } 6810 } 6811 } 6812 6813 static void 6814 lang_gc_sections (void) 6815 { 6816 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */ 6817 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head); 6818 6819 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in 6820 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c) 6821 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */ 6822 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)) 6823 { 6824 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f) 6825 { 6826 asection *sec; 6827 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS 6828 if (f->flags.claimed) 6829 continue; 6830 #endif 6831 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 6832 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0) 6833 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE; 6834 } 6835 } 6836 6837 if (link_info.gc_sections) 6838 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info); 6839 } 6840 6841 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */ 6842 6843 static void 6844 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6845 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6846 asection *section, 6847 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6848 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6849 void *data) 6850 { 6851 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero 6852 size. */ 6853 if (section->output_section != NULL 6854 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd 6855 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 6856 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section) 6857 && section->size != 0) 6858 { 6859 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data; 6860 *has_relro_section = TRUE; 6861 } 6862 } 6863 6864 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */ 6865 6866 static void 6867 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s, 6868 seg_align_type *seg, 6869 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section) 6870 { 6871 if (*has_relro_section) 6872 return; 6873 6874 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next) 6875 { 6876 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat) 6877 break; 6878 6879 switch (s->header.type) 6880 { 6881 case lang_wild_statement_enum: 6882 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, 6883 find_relro_section_callback, 6884 has_relro_section); 6885 break; 6886 case lang_constructors_statement_enum: 6887 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head, 6888 seg, has_relro_section); 6889 break; 6890 case lang_output_section_statement_enum: 6891 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head, 6892 seg, has_relro_section); 6893 break; 6894 case lang_group_statement_enum: 6895 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head, 6896 seg, has_relro_section); 6897 break; 6898 default: 6899 break; 6900 } 6901 } 6902 } 6903 6904 static void 6905 lang_find_relro_sections (void) 6906 { 6907 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE; 6908 6909 /* Check all sections in the link script. */ 6910 6911 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat, 6912 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section); 6913 6914 if (!has_relro_section) 6915 link_info.relro = FALSE; 6916 } 6917 6918 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */ 6919 6920 void 6921 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout) 6922 { 6923 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED) 6924 { 6925 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */ 6926 int i = link_info.relax_pass; 6927 6928 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */ 6929 link_info.relax_pass = 0; 6930 6931 while (i--) 6932 { 6933 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */ 6934 bfd_boolean relax_again; 6935 6936 link_info.relax_trip = -1; 6937 do 6938 { 6939 link_info.relax_trip++; 6940 6941 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find 6942 you need to change this code, you probably need to change 6943 pe-dll.c also. DJ */ 6944 6945 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to 6946 section sizes. */ 6947 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum); 6948 6949 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses 6950 size. */ 6951 lang_reset_memory_regions (); 6952 6953 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the 6954 globals are, so can make a better guess. */ 6955 relax_again = FALSE; 6956 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE); 6957 } 6958 while (relax_again); 6959 6960 link_info.relax_pass++; 6961 } 6962 need_layout = TRUE; 6963 } 6964 6965 if (need_layout) 6966 { 6967 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */ 6968 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum); 6969 lang_reset_memory_regions (); 6970 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE); 6971 } 6972 } 6973 6974 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS 6975 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We 6976 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the 6977 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real 6978 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event 6979 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy 6980 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but 6981 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it 6982 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the 6983 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be 6984 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */ 6985 6986 static lang_input_statement_type * 6987 find_replacements_insert_point (void) 6988 { 6989 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject; 6990 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement; 6991 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement; 6992 claim1 != NULL; 6993 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement) 6994 { 6995 if (claim1->flags.claimed) 6996 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1; 6997 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */ 6998 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL) 6999 lastobject = claim1; 7000 } 7001 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object 7002 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the 7003 insert point. */ 7004 return lastobject; 7005 } 7006 7007 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining 7008 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need 7009 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */ 7010 7011 static void 7012 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist, 7013 lang_statement_list_type *srclist, 7014 lang_statement_union_type **field) 7015 { 7016 *(srclist->tail) = *field; 7017 *field = srclist->head; 7018 if (destlist->tail == field) 7019 destlist->tail = srclist->tail; 7020 } 7021 7022 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST 7023 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */ 7024 7025 static void 7026 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist, 7027 lang_statement_list_type *origlist) 7028 { 7029 union lang_statement_union **savetail; 7030 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */ 7031 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head); 7032 savetail = origlist->tail; 7033 origlist->head = *(savetail); 7034 origlist->tail = destlist->tail; 7035 destlist->tail = savetail; 7036 *savetail = NULL; 7037 } 7038 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */ 7039 7040 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */ 7041 7042 void 7043 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name) 7044 { 7045 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym; 7046 7047 if (name == NULL) 7048 return; 7049 7050 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym)); 7051 7052 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list; 7053 sym->name = name; 7054 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym; 7055 } 7056 7057 /* Check relocations. */ 7058 7059 static void 7060 lang_check_relocs (void) 7061 { 7062 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input) 7063 { 7064 bfd *abfd; 7065 7066 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; 7067 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next) 7068 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info)) 7069 { 7070 /* No object output, fail return. */ 7071 config.make_executable = FALSE; 7072 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather 7073 continue the scan in case there are other 7074 bad relocations to report. */ 7075 } 7076 } 7077 } 7078 7079 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can 7080 propagate forward the lma region. */ 7081 7082 static void 7083 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void) 7084 { 7085 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 7086 7087 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement; 7088 os != NULL; 7089 os = os->next) 7090 { 7091 if (os->prev != NULL 7092 && os->lma_region == NULL 7093 && os->load_base == NULL 7094 && os->addr_tree == NULL 7095 && os->region == os->prev->region) 7096 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region; 7097 } 7098 } 7099 7100 void 7101 lang_process (void) 7102 { 7103 /* Finalize dynamic list. */ 7104 if (link_info.dynamic_list) 7105 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head); 7106 7107 current_target = default_target; 7108 7109 /* Open the output file. */ 7110 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output); 7111 init_opb (); 7112 7113 ldemul_create_output_section_statements (); 7114 7115 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */ 7116 lang_place_undefineds (); 7117 7118 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ()) 7119 einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n")); 7120 7121 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */ 7122 current_target = default_target; 7123 lang_statement_iteration++; 7124 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL); 7125 7126 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS 7127 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active) 7128 { 7129 lang_statement_list_type added; 7130 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles; 7131 7132 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there 7133 are any more to be added to the link before we call the 7134 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of 7135 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually 7136 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed 7137 file. */ 7138 added = *stat_ptr; 7139 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */ 7140 files = file_chain; 7141 inputfiles = input_file_chain; 7142 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ()) 7143 einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"), 7144 plugin_error_plugin ()); 7145 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */ 7146 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL); 7147 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */ 7148 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added); 7149 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */ 7150 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files); 7151 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles); 7152 /* Were any new files added? */ 7153 if (added.head != NULL) 7154 { 7155 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately 7156 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */ 7157 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (); 7158 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we 7159 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting 7160 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them 7161 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */ 7162 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL); 7163 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */ 7164 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, 7165 &plugin_insert->header.next); 7166 /* Likewise for the file chains. */ 7167 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles, 7168 &plugin_insert->next_real_file); 7169 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to 7170 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert 7171 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */ 7172 if (plugin_insert->filename) 7173 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next); 7174 else 7175 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head); 7176 7177 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */ 7178 lang_statement_iteration++; 7179 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN); 7180 } 7181 } 7182 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */ 7183 7184 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list 7185 before now. */ 7186 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL); 7187 7188 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol; 7189 7190 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL) 7191 { 7192 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; 7193 7194 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the 7195 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of 7196 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have 7197 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry(). 7198 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end() 7199 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this 7200 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting 7201 points for garbage collection resolution. */ 7202 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default); 7203 } 7204 7205 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function); 7206 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function); 7207 7208 ldemul_after_open (); 7209 if (config.map_file != NULL) 7210 lang_print_asneeded (); 7211 7212 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free (); 7213 7214 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this 7215 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any 7216 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data 7217 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the 7218 link. */ 7219 lang_check (); 7220 7221 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */ 7222 if (command_line.version_exports_section) 7223 lang_do_version_exports_section (); 7224 7225 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input 7226 files. */ 7227 ldctor_build_sets (); 7228 7229 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF 7230 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must 7231 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */ 7232 if (config.build_constructors) 7233 lang_init_start_stop (); 7234 7235 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage 7236 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */ 7237 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum); 7238 7239 lang_do_memory_regions(); 7240 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum; 7241 7242 /* Size up the common data. */ 7243 lang_common (); 7244 7245 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */ 7246 lang_gc_sections (); 7247 7248 /* Check relocations. */ 7249 lang_check_relocs (); 7250 7251 ldemul_after_check_relocs (); 7252 7253 /* Update wild statements. */ 7254 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head); 7255 7256 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections 7257 to the correct output sections. */ 7258 lang_statement_iteration++; 7259 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL); 7260 7261 process_insert_statements (); 7262 7263 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */ 7264 lang_place_orphans (); 7265 7266 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)) 7267 { 7268 asection *found; 7269 7270 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of 7271 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before 7272 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections 7273 is hard then. */ 7274 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info); 7275 7276 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */ 7277 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text"); 7278 7279 if (found != NULL) 7280 { 7281 if (config.text_read_only) 7282 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY; 7283 else 7284 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY; 7285 } 7286 } 7287 7288 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */ 7289 lang_propagate_lma_regions (); 7290 7291 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work 7292 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being 7293 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */ 7294 if (config.build_constructors) 7295 lang_undef_start_stop (); 7296 7297 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before 7298 dynamic symbols are created. */ 7299 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)) 7300 lang_init_startof_sizeof (); 7301 7302 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF 7303 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */ 7304 ldemul_before_allocation (); 7305 7306 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the 7307 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */ 7308 lang_record_phdrs (); 7309 7310 /* Check relro sections. */ 7311 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)) 7312 lang_find_relro_sections (); 7313 7314 /* Size up the sections. */ 7315 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED); 7316 7317 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big 7318 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */ 7319 ldemul_after_allocation (); 7320 7321 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */ 7322 lang_finalize_start_stop (); 7323 7324 /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places 7325 of all the symbols. */ 7326 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum); 7327 7328 ldemul_finish (); 7329 7330 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */ 7331 ldexp_finalize_syms (); 7332 7333 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */ 7334 if (command_line.check_section_addresses) 7335 lang_check_section_addresses (); 7336 7337 /* Check any required symbols are known. */ 7338 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (); 7339 7340 lang_end (); 7341 } 7342 7343 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */ 7344 7345 void 7346 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec, 7347 struct wildcard_list *section_list, 7348 bfd_boolean keep_sections) 7349 { 7350 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next; 7351 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt; 7352 7353 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */ 7354 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL; 7355 curr != NULL; 7356 section_list = curr, curr = next) 7357 { 7358 next = curr->next; 7359 curr->next = section_list; 7360 } 7361 7362 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL) 7363 { 7364 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0) 7365 filespec->name = NULL; 7366 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name)) 7367 lang_has_input_file = TRUE; 7368 } 7369 7370 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr); 7371 new_stmt->filename = NULL; 7372 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE; 7373 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL; 7374 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL; 7375 if (filespec != NULL) 7376 { 7377 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name; 7378 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name; 7379 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list; 7380 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list; 7381 } 7382 new_stmt->section_list = section_list; 7383 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections; 7384 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children); 7385 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt); 7386 } 7387 7388 void 7389 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address, 7390 const segment_type *segment) 7391 { 7392 lang_address_statement_type *ad; 7393 7394 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr); 7395 ad->section_name = name; 7396 ad->address = address; 7397 ad->segment = segment; 7398 } 7399 7400 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called 7401 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is 7402 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take 7403 precedence. */ 7404 7405 void 7406 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline) 7407 { 7408 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL 7409 || cmdline 7410 || !entry_from_cmdline) 7411 { 7412 entry_symbol.name = name; 7413 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline; 7414 } 7415 } 7416 7417 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this, 7418 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the 7419 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME 7420 must be permanently allocated. */ 7421 void 7422 lang_default_entry (const char *name) 7423 { 7424 entry_symbol_default = name; 7425 } 7426 7427 void 7428 lang_add_target (const char *name) 7429 { 7430 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt; 7431 7432 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr); 7433 new_stmt->target = name; 7434 } 7435 7436 void 7437 lang_add_map (const char *name) 7438 { 7439 while (*name) 7440 { 7441 switch (*name) 7442 { 7443 case 'F': 7444 map_option_f = TRUE; 7445 break; 7446 } 7447 name++; 7448 } 7449 } 7450 7451 void 7452 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill) 7453 { 7454 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt; 7455 7456 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr); 7457 new_stmt->fill = fill; 7458 } 7459 7460 void 7461 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp) 7462 { 7463 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt; 7464 7465 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr); 7466 new_stmt->exp = exp; 7467 new_stmt->type = type; 7468 } 7469 7470 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to 7471 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could 7472 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the 7473 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the 7474 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and 7475 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */ 7476 7477 void 7478 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc, 7479 reloc_howto_type *howto, 7480 asection *section, 7481 const char *name, 7482 union etree_union *addend) 7483 { 7484 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr); 7485 7486 p->reloc = reloc; 7487 p->howto = howto; 7488 p->section = section; 7489 p->name = name; 7490 p->addend_exp = addend; 7491 7492 p->addend_value = 0; 7493 p->output_section = NULL; 7494 p->output_offset = 0; 7495 } 7496 7497 lang_assignment_statement_type * 7498 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp) 7499 { 7500 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt; 7501 7502 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr); 7503 new_stmt->exp = exp; 7504 return new_stmt; 7505 } 7506 7507 void 7508 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute) 7509 { 7510 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr); 7511 } 7512 7513 void 7514 lang_startup (const char *name) 7515 { 7516 if (first_file->filename != NULL) 7517 { 7518 einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n")); 7519 } 7520 first_file->filename = name; 7521 first_file->local_sym_name = name; 7522 first_file->flags.real = TRUE; 7523 } 7524 7525 void 7526 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe) 7527 { 7528 lang_float_flag = maybe; 7529 } 7530 7531 7532 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and 7533 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively. 7534 7535 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of 7536 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one. 7537 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the 7538 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement 7539 had an explicit load address. 7540 7541 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */ 7542 7543 static void 7544 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region, 7545 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region, 7546 const char *memspec, 7547 const char *lma_memspec, 7548 bfd_boolean have_lma, 7549 bfd_boolean have_vma) 7550 { 7551 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE); 7552 7553 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region 7554 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region 7555 as well. */ 7556 if (lma_memspec != NULL 7557 && !have_vma 7558 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0) 7559 *region = *lma_region; 7560 else 7561 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE); 7562 7563 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0) 7564 einfo (_("%X%P:%S: section has both a load address and a load region\n"), 7565 NULL); 7566 } 7567 7568 void 7569 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec, 7570 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs, 7571 const char *lma_memspec) 7572 { 7573 lang_get_regions (¤t_section->region, 7574 ¤t_section->lma_region, 7575 memspec, lma_memspec, 7576 current_section->load_base != NULL, 7577 current_section->addr_tree != NULL); 7578 7579 current_section->fill = fill; 7580 current_section->phdrs = phdrs; 7581 pop_stat_ptr (); 7582 } 7583 7584 void 7585 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list, 7586 lang_statement_union_type *element, 7587 lang_statement_union_type **field) 7588 { 7589 *(list->tail) = element; 7590 list->tail = field; 7591 } 7592 7593 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */ 7594 7595 void 7596 lang_add_output_format (const char *format, 7597 const char *big, 7598 const char *little, 7599 int from_script) 7600 { 7601 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script) 7602 { 7603 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG 7604 && big != NULL) 7605 format = big; 7606 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE 7607 && little != NULL) 7608 format = little; 7609 7610 output_target = format; 7611 } 7612 } 7613 7614 void 7615 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before) 7616 { 7617 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt; 7618 7619 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr); 7620 new_stmt->where = where; 7621 new_stmt->is_before = is_before; 7622 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle; 7623 } 7624 7625 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets 7626 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */ 7627 7628 void 7629 lang_enter_group (void) 7630 { 7631 lang_group_statement_type *g; 7632 7633 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr); 7634 lang_list_init (&g->children); 7635 push_stat_ptr (&g->children); 7636 } 7637 7638 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the 7639 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if 7640 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr, 7641 but currently they can't. */ 7642 7643 void 7644 lang_leave_group (void) 7645 { 7646 pop_stat_ptr (); 7647 } 7648 7649 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS 7650 command in a linker script. */ 7651 7652 void 7653 lang_new_phdr (const char *name, 7654 etree_type *type, 7655 bfd_boolean filehdr, 7656 bfd_boolean phdrs, 7657 etree_type *at, 7658 etree_type *flags) 7659 { 7660 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp; 7661 bfd_boolean hdrs; 7662 7663 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr)); 7664 n->next = NULL; 7665 n->name = name; 7666 n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type"); 7667 n->filehdr = filehdr; 7668 n->phdrs = phdrs; 7669 n->at = at; 7670 n->flags = flags; 7671 7672 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr); 7673 7674 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next) 7675 if (hdrs 7676 && (*pp)->type == 1 7677 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs)) 7678 { 7679 einfo (_("%X%P:%S: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported" 7680 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL); 7681 hdrs = FALSE; 7682 } 7683 7684 *pp = n; 7685 } 7686 7687 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We 7688 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */ 7689 7690 static void 7691 lang_record_phdrs (void) 7692 { 7693 unsigned int alc; 7694 asection **secs; 7695 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last; 7696 struct lang_phdr *l; 7697 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 7698 7699 alc = 10; 7700 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *)); 7701 last = NULL; 7702 7703 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next) 7704 { 7705 unsigned int c; 7706 flagword flags; 7707 bfd_vma at; 7708 7709 c = 0; 7710 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement; 7711 os != NULL; 7712 os = os->next) 7713 { 7714 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl; 7715 7716 if (os->constraint < 0) 7717 continue; 7718 7719 pl = os->phdrs; 7720 if (pl != NULL) 7721 last = pl; 7722 else 7723 { 7724 if (os->sectype == noload_section 7725 || os->bfd_section == NULL 7726 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) 7727 continue; 7728 7729 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */ 7730 if (l->type == 3) 7731 continue; 7732 7733 if (last == NULL) 7734 { 7735 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os; 7736 7737 /* If we have not run across a section with a program 7738 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find 7739 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's 7740 behaviour when a script has specified just a single 7741 header and there are sections in that script which are 7742 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first 7743 use of that header. See here for more details: 7744 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */ 7745 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next) 7746 if (tmp_os->phdrs) 7747 { 7748 last = tmp_os->phdrs; 7749 break; 7750 } 7751 if (last == NULL) 7752 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n")); 7753 } 7754 pl = last; 7755 } 7756 7757 if (os->bfd_section == NULL) 7758 continue; 7759 7760 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next) 7761 { 7762 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0) 7763 { 7764 if (c >= alc) 7765 { 7766 alc *= 2; 7767 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs, 7768 alc * sizeof (asection *)); 7769 } 7770 secs[c] = os->bfd_section; 7771 ++c; 7772 pl->used = TRUE; 7773 } 7774 } 7775 } 7776 7777 if (l->flags == NULL) 7778 flags = 0; 7779 else 7780 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags"); 7781 7782 if (l->at == NULL) 7783 at = 0; 7784 else 7785 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address"); 7786 7787 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type, 7788 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL, 7789 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs)) 7790 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n")); 7791 } 7792 7793 free (secs); 7794 7795 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */ 7796 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement; 7797 os != NULL; 7798 os = os->next) 7799 { 7800 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl; 7801 7802 if (os->constraint < 0 7803 || os->bfd_section == NULL) 7804 continue; 7805 7806 for (pl = os->phdrs; 7807 pl != NULL; 7808 pl = pl->next) 7809 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0) 7810 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"), 7811 os->name, pl->name); 7812 } 7813 } 7814 7815 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */ 7816 7817 void 7818 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l) 7819 { 7820 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n; 7821 7822 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n); 7823 n->next = nocrossref_list; 7824 n->list = l; 7825 n->onlyfirst = FALSE; 7826 nocrossref_list = n; 7827 7828 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */ 7829 link_info.notice_all = TRUE; 7830 } 7831 7832 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */ 7833 7834 void 7835 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l) 7836 { 7837 lang_add_nocrossref (l); 7838 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE; 7839 } 7840 7841 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */ 7842 7843 /* The overlay virtual address. */ 7844 static etree_type *overlay_vma; 7845 /* And subsection alignment. */ 7846 static etree_type *overlay_subalign; 7847 7848 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */ 7849 static etree_type *overlay_max; 7850 7851 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */ 7852 7853 struct overlay_list { 7854 struct overlay_list *next; 7855 lang_output_section_statement_type *os; 7856 }; 7857 7858 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list; 7859 7860 /* Start handling an overlay. */ 7861 7862 void 7863 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign) 7864 { 7865 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */ 7866 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL 7867 && overlay_subalign == NULL 7868 && overlay_max == NULL); 7869 7870 overlay_vma = vma_expr; 7871 overlay_subalign = subalign; 7872 } 7873 7874 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling 7875 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA. 7876 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */ 7877 7878 void 7879 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name) 7880 { 7881 struct overlay_list *n; 7882 etree_type *size; 7883 7884 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section, 7885 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0); 7886 7887 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future 7888 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is 7889 used in the addresses. */ 7890 if (overlay_list == NULL) 7891 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name); 7892 7893 /* Remember the section. */ 7894 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n); 7895 n->os = current_section; 7896 n->next = overlay_list; 7897 overlay_list = n; 7898 7899 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name); 7900 7901 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */ 7902 if (overlay_max == NULL) 7903 overlay_max = size; 7904 else 7905 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size); 7906 } 7907 7908 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do 7909 here. */ 7910 7911 void 7912 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill, 7913 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs) 7914 { 7915 const char *name; 7916 char *clean, *s2; 7917 const char *s1; 7918 char *buf; 7919 7920 name = current_section->name; 7921 7922 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory 7923 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't 7924 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will 7925 override it. */ 7926 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0); 7927 7928 /* Define the magic symbols. */ 7929 7930 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); 7931 s2 = clean; 7932 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++) 7933 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_') 7934 *s2++ = *s1; 7935 *s2 = '\0'; 7936 7937 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_"); 7938 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean); 7939 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf, 7940 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name), 7941 FALSE)); 7942 7943 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_"); 7944 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean); 7945 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf, 7946 exp_binop ('+', 7947 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name), 7948 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)), 7949 FALSE)); 7950 7951 free (clean); 7952 } 7953 7954 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this 7955 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */ 7956 7957 void 7958 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr, 7959 int nocrossrefs, 7960 fill_type *fill, 7961 const char *memspec, 7962 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs, 7963 const char *lma_memspec) 7964 { 7965 lang_memory_region_type *region; 7966 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region; 7967 struct overlay_list *l; 7968 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref; 7969 7970 lang_get_regions (®ion, &lma_region, 7971 memspec, lma_memspec, 7972 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE); 7973 7974 nocrossref = NULL; 7975 7976 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the 7977 overlay region. */ 7978 if (overlay_list != NULL) 7979 { 7980 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1; 7981 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree 7982 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE); 7983 } 7984 7985 l = overlay_list; 7986 while (l != NULL) 7987 { 7988 struct overlay_list *next; 7989 7990 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL) 7991 l->os->fill = fill; 7992 7993 l->os->region = region; 7994 l->os->lma_region = lma_region; 7995 7996 /* The first section has the load address specified in the 7997 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that. 7998 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if 7999 an LMA region was specified. */ 8000 if (l->next == 0) 8001 { 8002 l->os->load_base = lma_expr; 8003 l->os->sectype = normal_section; 8004 } 8005 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL) 8006 l->os->phdrs = phdrs; 8007 8008 if (nocrossrefs) 8009 { 8010 lang_nocrossref_type *nc; 8011 8012 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc); 8013 nc->name = l->os->name; 8014 nc->next = nocrossref; 8015 nocrossref = nc; 8016 } 8017 8018 next = l->next; 8019 free (l); 8020 l = next; 8021 } 8022 8023 if (nocrossref != NULL) 8024 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref); 8025 8026 overlay_vma = NULL; 8027 overlay_list = NULL; 8028 overlay_max = NULL; 8029 overlay_subalign = NULL; 8030 } 8031 8032 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */ 8033 8034 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol. 8035 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular 8036 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */ 8037 8038 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr * 8039 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head, 8040 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev, 8041 const char *sym) 8042 { 8043 const char *c_sym; 8044 const char *cxx_sym = sym; 8045 const char *java_sym = sym; 8046 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL; 8047 enum demangling_styles curr_style; 8048 8049 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE; 8050 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling); 8051 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS); 8052 if (!c_sym) 8053 c_sym = sym; 8054 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style); 8055 8056 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE) 8057 { 8058 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, 8059 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI); 8060 if (!cxx_sym) 8061 cxx_sym = sym; 8062 } 8063 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE) 8064 { 8065 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA); 8066 if (!java_sym) 8067 java_sym = sym; 8068 } 8069 8070 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal)) 8071 { 8072 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e; 8073 8074 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0) 8075 { 8076 case 0: 8077 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE) 8078 { 8079 e.pattern = c_sym; 8080 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) 8081 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e); 8082 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0) 8083 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE) 8084 goto out_ret; 8085 else 8086 expr = expr->next; 8087 } 8088 /* Fallthrough */ 8089 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE: 8090 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE) 8091 { 8092 e.pattern = cxx_sym; 8093 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) 8094 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e); 8095 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0) 8096 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE) 8097 goto out_ret; 8098 else 8099 expr = expr->next; 8100 } 8101 /* Fallthrough */ 8102 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE: 8103 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE) 8104 { 8105 e.pattern = java_sym; 8106 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) 8107 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e); 8108 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0) 8109 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE) 8110 goto out_ret; 8111 else 8112 expr = expr->next; 8113 } 8114 /* Fallthrough */ 8115 default: 8116 break; 8117 } 8118 } 8119 8120 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */ 8121 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal) 8122 expr = head->remaining; 8123 else 8124 expr = prev->next; 8125 for (; expr; expr = expr->next) 8126 { 8127 const char *s; 8128 8129 if (!expr->pattern) 8130 continue; 8131 8132 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0') 8133 break; 8134 8135 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE) 8136 s = java_sym; 8137 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE) 8138 s = cxx_sym; 8139 else 8140 s = c_sym; 8141 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0) 8142 break; 8143 } 8144 8145 out_ret: 8146 if (c_sym != sym) 8147 free ((char *) c_sym); 8148 if (cxx_sym != sym) 8149 free ((char *) cxx_sym); 8150 if (java_sym != sym) 8151 free ((char *) java_sym); 8152 return expr; 8153 } 8154 8155 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise, 8156 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */ 8157 8158 static const char * 8159 realsymbol (const char *pattern) 8160 { 8161 const char *p; 8162 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE; 8163 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1); 8164 8165 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p) 8166 { 8167 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding 8168 backslash. */ 8169 if (backslash) 8170 { 8171 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */ 8172 *(s - 1) = *p; 8173 backslash = FALSE; 8174 changed = TRUE; 8175 } 8176 else 8177 { 8178 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[') 8179 { 8180 free (symbol); 8181 return NULL; 8182 } 8183 8184 *s++ = *p; 8185 backslash = *p == '\\'; 8186 } 8187 } 8188 8189 if (changed) 8190 { 8191 *s = '\0'; 8192 return symbol; 8193 } 8194 else 8195 { 8196 free (symbol); 8197 return pattern; 8198 } 8199 } 8200 8201 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is 8202 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob 8203 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */ 8204 8205 struct bfd_elf_version_expr * 8206 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig, 8207 const char *new_name, 8208 const char *lang, 8209 bfd_boolean literal_p) 8210 { 8211 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret; 8212 8213 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret); 8214 ret->next = orig; 8215 ret->symver = 0; 8216 ret->script = 0; 8217 ret->literal = TRUE; 8218 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name); 8219 if (ret->pattern == NULL) 8220 { 8221 ret->pattern = new_name; 8222 ret->literal = FALSE; 8223 } 8224 8225 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0) 8226 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE; 8227 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0) 8228 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE; 8229 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0) 8230 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE; 8231 else 8232 { 8233 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"), 8234 lang); 8235 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE; 8236 } 8237 8238 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret); 8239 } 8240 8241 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match 8242 expressions. */ 8243 8244 struct bfd_elf_version_tree * 8245 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals, 8246 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals) 8247 { 8248 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret; 8249 8250 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret); 8251 ret->globals.list = globals; 8252 ret->locals.list = locals; 8253 ret->match = lang_vers_match; 8254 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1; 8255 return ret; 8256 } 8257 8258 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */ 8259 8260 static int version_index; 8261 8262 static hashval_t 8263 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p) 8264 { 8265 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e = 8266 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p; 8267 8268 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern); 8269 } 8270 8271 static int 8272 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2) 8273 { 8274 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 = 8275 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1; 8276 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 = 8277 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2; 8278 8279 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0; 8280 } 8281 8282 static void 8283 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head) 8284 { 8285 size_t count = 0; 8286 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next; 8287 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc; 8288 8289 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next) 8290 { 8291 if (e->literal) 8292 count++; 8293 head->mask |= e->mask; 8294 } 8295 8296 if (count) 8297 { 8298 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash, 8299 version_expr_head_eq, NULL); 8300 list_loc = &head->list; 8301 remaining_loc = &head->remaining; 8302 for (e = head->list; e; e = next) 8303 { 8304 next = e->next; 8305 if (!e->literal) 8306 { 8307 *remaining_loc = e; 8308 remaining_loc = &e->next; 8309 } 8310 else 8311 { 8312 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT); 8313 8314 if (*loc) 8315 { 8316 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last; 8317 8318 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc; 8319 last = NULL; 8320 do 8321 { 8322 if (e1->mask == e->mask) 8323 { 8324 last = NULL; 8325 break; 8326 } 8327 last = e1; 8328 e1 = e1->next; 8329 } 8330 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0); 8331 8332 if (last == NULL) 8333 { 8334 /* This is a duplicate. */ 8335 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not 8336 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */ 8337 /* free (e->pattern); */ 8338 free (e); 8339 } 8340 else 8341 { 8342 e->next = last->next; 8343 last->next = e; 8344 } 8345 } 8346 else 8347 { 8348 *loc = e; 8349 *list_loc = e; 8350 list_loc = &e->next; 8351 } 8352 } 8353 } 8354 *remaining_loc = NULL; 8355 *list_loc = head->remaining; 8356 } 8357 else 8358 head->remaining = head->list; 8359 } 8360 8361 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the 8362 version. */ 8363 8364 void 8365 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name, 8366 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version, 8367 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps) 8368 { 8369 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp; 8370 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1; 8371 8372 if (name == NULL) 8373 name = ""; 8374 8375 if (link_info.version_info != NULL 8376 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0')) 8377 { 8378 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined" 8379 " with other version tags\n")); 8380 free (version); 8381 return; 8382 } 8383 8384 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */ 8385 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next) 8386 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0) 8387 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name); 8388 8389 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals); 8390 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals); 8391 8392 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there 8393 aren't any duplicates. */ 8394 8395 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next) 8396 { 8397 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next) 8398 { 8399 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2; 8400 8401 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal) 8402 { 8403 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) 8404 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1); 8405 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0) 8406 { 8407 if (e1->mask == e2->mask) 8408 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'" 8409 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern); 8410 e2 = e2->next; 8411 } 8412 } 8413 else if (!e1->literal) 8414 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next) 8415 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0 8416 && e1->mask == e2->mask) 8417 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'" 8418 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern); 8419 } 8420 } 8421 8422 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next) 8423 { 8424 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next) 8425 { 8426 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2; 8427 8428 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal) 8429 { 8430 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) 8431 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1); 8432 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0) 8433 { 8434 if (e1->mask == e2->mask) 8435 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'" 8436 " in version information\n"), 8437 e1->pattern); 8438 e2 = e2->next; 8439 } 8440 } 8441 else if (!e1->literal) 8442 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next) 8443 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0 8444 && e1->mask == e2->mask) 8445 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'" 8446 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern); 8447 } 8448 } 8449 8450 version->deps = deps; 8451 version->name = name; 8452 if (name[0] != '\0') 8453 { 8454 ++version_index; 8455 version->vernum = version_index; 8456 } 8457 else 8458 version->vernum = 0; 8459 8460 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next) 8461 ; 8462 *pp = version; 8463 } 8464 8465 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */ 8466 8467 struct bfd_elf_version_deps * 8468 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name) 8469 { 8470 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret; 8471 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t; 8472 8473 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret); 8474 ret->next = list; 8475 8476 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next) 8477 { 8478 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0) 8479 { 8480 ret->version_needed = t; 8481 return ret; 8482 } 8483 } 8484 8485 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name); 8486 8487 ret->version_needed = NULL; 8488 return ret; 8489 } 8490 8491 static void 8492 lang_do_version_exports_section (void) 8493 { 8494 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg; 8495 8496 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is) 8497 { 8498 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports"); 8499 char *contents, *p; 8500 bfd_size_type len; 8501 8502 if (sec == NULL) 8503 continue; 8504 8505 len = sec->size; 8506 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len); 8507 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len)) 8508 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec); 8509 8510 p = contents; 8511 while (p < contents + len) 8512 { 8513 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE); 8514 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1; 8515 } 8516 8517 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */ 8518 8519 /* Do not include this section in the link. */ 8520 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP; 8521 } 8522 8523 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE); 8524 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section, 8525 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL); 8526 } 8527 8528 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */ 8529 8530 static void 8531 lang_do_memory_regions (void) 8532 { 8533 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list; 8534 8535 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next) 8536 { 8537 if (r->origin_exp) 8538 { 8539 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp); 8540 if (expld.result.valid_p) 8541 { 8542 r->origin = expld.result.value; 8543 r->current = r->origin; 8544 } 8545 else 8546 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"), 8547 r->name_list.name); 8548 } 8549 if (r->length_exp) 8550 { 8551 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp); 8552 if (expld.result.valid_p) 8553 r->length = expld.result.value; 8554 else 8555 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"), 8556 r->name_list.name); 8557 } 8558 } 8559 } 8560 8561 void 8562 lang_add_unique (const char *name) 8563 { 8564 struct unique_sections *ent; 8565 8566 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next) 8567 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0) 8568 return; 8569 8570 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent); 8571 ent->name = xstrdup (name); 8572 ent->next = unique_section_list; 8573 unique_section_list = ent; 8574 } 8575 8576 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */ 8577 8578 void 8579 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic) 8580 { 8581 if (link_info.dynamic_list) 8582 { 8583 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail; 8584 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next) 8585 ; 8586 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list; 8587 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic; 8588 } 8589 else 8590 { 8591 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d; 8592 8593 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d); 8594 d->head.list = dynamic; 8595 d->match = lang_vers_match; 8596 link_info.dynamic_list = d; 8597 } 8598 } 8599 8600 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing 8601 one. */ 8602 8603 void 8604 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void) 8605 { 8606 const char *symbols[] = 8607 { 8608 "typeinfo name for*", 8609 "typeinfo for*" 8610 }; 8611 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL; 8612 unsigned int i; 8613 8614 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++) 8615 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++", 8616 FALSE); 8617 8618 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic); 8619 } 8620 8621 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the 8622 existing one. */ 8623 8624 void 8625 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void) 8626 { 8627 const char *symbols[] = 8628 { 8629 "operator new*", 8630 "operator delete*" 8631 }; 8632 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL; 8633 unsigned int i; 8634 8635 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++) 8636 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++", 8637 FALSE); 8638 8639 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic); 8640 } 8641 8642 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */ 8643 8644 void 8645 lang_ld_feature (char *str) 8646 { 8647 char *p, *q; 8648 8649 p = str; 8650 while (*p) 8651 { 8652 char sep; 8653 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p)) 8654 ++p; 8655 if (!*p) 8656 break; 8657 q = p + 1; 8658 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q)) 8659 ++q; 8660 sep = *q; 8661 *q = 0; 8662 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0) 8663 config.sane_expr = TRUE; 8664 else 8665 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p); 8666 *q = sep; 8667 p = q; 8668 } 8669 } 8670 8671 /* Pretty print memory amount. */ 8672 8673 static void 8674 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz) 8675 { 8676 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0) 8677 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30); 8678 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0) 8679 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20); 8680 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0) 8681 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10); 8682 else 8683 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz); 8684 } 8685 8686 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */ 8687 8688 void 8689 lang_print_memory_usage (void) 8690 { 8691 lang_memory_region_type *r; 8692 8693 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n"); 8694 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next) 8695 { 8696 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin; 8697 double percent; 8698 8699 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name); 8700 lang_print_memory_size (used_length); 8701 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length); 8702 8703 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length; 8704 8705 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent); 8706 } 8707 } 8708